1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
48 #include <algorithm>
49 #include <cstring>
50 #include <functional>
51 using namespace clang;
52 using namespace sema;
53 
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
55   if (OwnedType) {
56     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58   }
59 
60   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
61 }
62 
63 namespace {
64 
65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
66  public:
67   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
68                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
69       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
70         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
71     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
72     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
73     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
74   }
75 
76   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
77     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
78       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
79       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
80       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
81              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
82     }
83     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
84   }
85 
86  private:
87   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
88   bool WantClassName;
89   bool AllowClassTemplates;
90 };
91 
92 }
93 
94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
96   switch (Kind) {
97   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
98   // token kind is a valid type specifier
99   case tok::kw_short:
100   case tok::kw_long:
101   case tok::kw___int64:
102   case tok::kw___int128:
103   case tok::kw_signed:
104   case tok::kw_unsigned:
105   case tok::kw_void:
106   case tok::kw_char:
107   case tok::kw_int:
108   case tok::kw_half:
109   case tok::kw_float:
110   case tok::kw_double:
111   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
112   case tok::kw_bool:
113   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
114     return true;
115 
116   case tok::annot_typename:
117   case tok::kw_char16_t:
118   case tok::kw_char32_t:
119   case tok::kw_typeof:
120   case tok::annot_decltype:
121   case tok::kw_decltype:
122     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
123 
124   default:
125     break;
126   }
127 
128   return false;
129 }
130 
131 namespace {
132 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult {
133   NotFound,
134   FoundNonType,
135   FoundType
136 };
137 } // namespace
138 
139 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for
140 /// dependent class.
141 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a
142 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found.
143 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult
144 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II,
145                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
146                                 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
147   if (!RD->hasDefinition())
148     return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
149   // Look for type decls in base classes.
150   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
151       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
152   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
153     const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr;
154     if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>())
155       BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
156     else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
157       // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
158       // templates.
159       if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
160         continue;
161       auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
162       if (!TD)
163         continue;
164       auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
165           dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
166       if (!BasePrimaryTemplate)
167         continue;
168       BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate;
169     }
170     if (BaseRD) {
171       for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) {
172         if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
173           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
174         FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
175       }
176       if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) {
177         switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) {
178         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType:
179           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
180         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType:
181           FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
182           break;
183         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound:
184           break;
185         }
186       }
187     }
188   }
189 
190   return FoundTypeDecl;
191 }
192 
193 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
194                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
195                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
196   // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any.
197   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
198   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
199       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
200   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
201        DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
202        DC = DC->getParent()) {
203     // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
204     // templates.
205     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
206     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
207       FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD);
208   }
209   if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType)
210     return ParsedType();
211 
212   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
213   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
214   // lookup during template instantiation.
215   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
216 
217   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
218   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
219                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
220   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
221 
222   CXXScopeSpec SS;
223   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
224 
225   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
226   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
227   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
228   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
229   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
230   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
231 }
232 
233 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
234 /// return the declaration of that type.
235 ///
236 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
237 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
238 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
239 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
240 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
241 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
242                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
243                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
244                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
245                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
246                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
247                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
248   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
249   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
250   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
251     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
252     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
253       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
254   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
255     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
256 
257     if (!LookupCtx) {
258       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
259         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
260         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
261         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
262         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
263         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
264         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
265         //
266         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
267         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
268         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
269           return ParsedType();
270 
271         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
272         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
273         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
274           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
275 
276         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
277         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
278                                        II, NameLoc);
279         return ParsedType::make(T);
280       }
281 
282       return ParsedType();
283     }
284 
285     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
286         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
287       return ParsedType();
288   }
289 
290   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
291   // lookup for class-names.
292   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
293                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
294   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
295   if (LookupCtx) {
296     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
297     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
298     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
299     // nested-name-specifier.
300     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
301 
302     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
303       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
304       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
305       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
306       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
307       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
308       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
309       LookupName(Result, S);
310     }
311   } else {
312     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
313     LookupName(Result, S);
314 
315     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
316     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
317     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
318       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
319               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
320         return TypeInBase;
321     }
322   }
323 
324   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
325   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
326   case LookupResult::NotFound:
327   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
328     if (CorrectedII) {
329       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(
330           Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS,
331           llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName),
332           CTK_ErrorRecovery);
333       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
334       TemplateTy Template;
335       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
336       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
337       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
338       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
339       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
340       if (SS && NNS) {
341         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
342         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
343       }
344       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
345           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
346           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
347           // is handled elsewhere).
348           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
349             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
350                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
351         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
352                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
353                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
354                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
355         if (Ty) {
356           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
357                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
358                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
359           if (SS && NNS)
360             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
361           *CorrectedII = NewII;
362           return Ty;
363         }
364       }
365     }
366     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
367   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
368   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
369     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
370     return ParsedType();
371 
372   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
373     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
374     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
375     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
376     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
377     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
378     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
379       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
380       return ParsedType();
381     }
382 
383     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
384     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
385          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
386       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
387         if (!IIDecl ||
388             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
389               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
390           IIDecl = *Res;
391       }
392     }
393 
394     if (!IIDecl) {
395       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
396       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
397       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
398       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
399       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
400       // a type name.
401       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
402       return ParsedType();
403     }
404 
405     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
406     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
407     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
408     // perform the name lookup again.
409     break;
410 
411   case LookupResult::Found:
412     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
413     break;
414   }
415 
416   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
417 
418   QualType T;
419   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
420     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
421 
422     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
423     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
424 
425     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
426     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
427     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
428     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
429       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
430         // Construct a type with type-source information.
431         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
432         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
433 
434         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
435         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
436         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
437         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
438         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
439       } else {
440         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
441       }
442     }
443   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
444     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
445     if (!HasTrailingDot)
446       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
447   }
448 
449   if (T.isNull()) {
450     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
451     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
452     return ParsedType();
453   }
454   return ParsedType::make(T);
455 }
456 
457 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
458 static NestedNameSpecifier *
459 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
460   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
461     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
462     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
463     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
464       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
465     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
466       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
467                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
468     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
469       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
470   }
471   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
472 }
473 
474 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
475                                                 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
476   // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template
477   // type parameter is a Microsoft extension.
478   Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
479 
480   // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at
481   // instantiation time.  The name specifier isn't dependent, so template
482   // instantiation won't transform it.  It will retry the lookup, however.
483   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
484       synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
485   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
486 
487   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
488   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
489   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
490   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
491   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
492 
493   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
494   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
495   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
496   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
497   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
498   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
499 }
500 
501 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
502 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
503 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
504 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
505 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
506 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
507   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
508   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
509   LookupName(R, S, false);
510   R.suppressDiagnostics();
511   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
512     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
513       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
514       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
515       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
516       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
517       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
518       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
519       }
520     }
521 
522   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
523 }
524 
525 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
526 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
527 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
528 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
529 /// @code
530 /// template<class T> class A {
531 /// public:
532 ///   typedef int TYPE;
533 /// };
534 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
535 /// public:
536 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
537 /// };
538 /// @endcode
539 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
540   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
541     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
542       return true;
543 
544     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
545 
546     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
547     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
548       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
549         return true;
550     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
551   }
552   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
553 }
554 
555 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
556                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
557                                    Scope *S,
558                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
559                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
560                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
561   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
562   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
563 
564   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
565   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
566   if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
567           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
568                       llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(
569                           false, false, AllowClassTemplates),
570                       CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
571     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
572       // We corrected to a keyword.
573       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
574       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
575     } else {
576       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
577       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
578         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
579                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
580       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
581         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
582         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
583                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
584         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
585                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
586                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
587       } else {
588         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
589       }
590 
591       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
592       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
593         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
594                           SourceRange(IILoc));
595       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
596                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
597                                   false, ParsedType(),
598                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
599                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
600     }
601     return;
602   }
603 
604   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
605     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
606     UnqualifiedId Name;
607     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
608     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
609     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
610     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
611     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
612                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
613                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
614       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
615       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
616       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
617         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
618           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
619       }
620       return;
621     }
622   }
623 
624   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
625   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
626 
627   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
628     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
629   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
630     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
631       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
632   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
633     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
634     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
635       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
636 
637     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
638       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
639       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
640       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
641     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
642                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
643   } else {
644     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
645            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
646   }
647 }
648 
649 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
650 /// or
651 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
652   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
653                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
654 
655   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
656     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
657       return true;
658 
659     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
660       return true;
661   }
662 
663   return false;
664 }
665 
666 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
667                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
668                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
669                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
670   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
671   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
672   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
673     StringRef FixItTagName;
674     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
675       case TTK_Class:
676         FixItTagName = "class ";
677         break;
678 
679       case TTK_Enum:
680         FixItTagName = "enum ";
681         break;
682 
683       case TTK_Struct:
684         FixItTagName = "struct ";
685         break;
686 
687       case TTK_Interface:
688         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
689         break;
690 
691       case TTK_Union:
692         FixItTagName = "union ";
693         break;
694     }
695 
696     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
697     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
698       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
699       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
700 
701     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
702          I != IEnd; ++I)
703       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
704         << Name << TagName;
705 
706     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
707     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
708     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
709     return true;
710   }
711 
712   return false;
713 }
714 
715 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
716 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
717                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
718   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
719 
720   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
721   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
722 
723   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
724   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
725   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
726   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
727   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
728 }
729 
730 Sema::NameClassification
731 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
732                    SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
733                    bool IsAddressOfOperand,
734                    std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) {
735   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
736   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
737 
738   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
739     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
740                                 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false);
741   }
742 
743   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
744   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
745 
746   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
747   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
748   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
749     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
750             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
751       return TypeInBase;
752   }
753 
754   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
755   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
756   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
757   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
758   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
759     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
760     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
761       return E;
762   }
763 
764   bool SecondTry = false;
765   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
766 
767 Corrected:
768   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
769   case LookupResult::NotFound:
770     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
771     // call.
772     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
773       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
774       // FIXME: Reference?
775       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
776         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
777 
778       // C90 6.3.2.2:
779       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
780       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
781       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
782       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
783       //   the function call, the declaration
784       //
785       //     extern int identifier ();
786       //
787       //   appeared.
788       //
789       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
790       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
791         Result.addDecl(D);
792         Result.resolveKind();
793         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
794       }
795     }
796 
797     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
798     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
799     // "struct", or "union".
800     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
801         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
802       break;
803     }
804 
805     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
806     // close to this name.
807     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
808       SecondTry = true;
809       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
810                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
811                                                  &SS, std::move(CCC),
812                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
813         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
814         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
815 
816         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
817         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
818           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr;
819         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
820             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
821           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
822           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
823         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
824                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
825                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
826                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
827           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
828           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
829         }
830 
831         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
832           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
833         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
834           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
835           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
836                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
837           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
838                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
839                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
840         }
841 
842         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
843         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
844 
845         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
846         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
847           return Name;
848 
849         // Also update the LookupResult...
850         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
851         Result.clear();
852         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
853         if (FirstDecl)
854           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
855 
856         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
857         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
858         // reference the ivar.
859         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
860         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
861           Result.clear();
862           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
863           return E;
864         }
865 
866         goto Corrected;
867       }
868     }
869 
870     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
871     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
872     return NameClassification::Unknown();
873 
874   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
875     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
876     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
877     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
878 
879     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
880     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
881     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
882     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
883     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
884     //
885     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
886     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
887     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
888     // keyword here.
889     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
890                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
891                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
892   }
893 
894   case LookupResult::Found:
895   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
896   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
897     break;
898 
899   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
900     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
901         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
902       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
903       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
904       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
905       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
906       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
907       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
908       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
909       //   ambiguous.
910       //
911       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
912       // so try again after filtering out template names.
913       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
914       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
915         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
916         break;
917       }
918     }
919 
920     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
921     return NameClassification::Error();
922   }
923 
924   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
925       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
926     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
927     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
928     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
929     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
930     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
931     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
932     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
933       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
934 
935     if (!Result.empty()) {
936       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
937       bool IsVarTemplate;
938       TemplateName Template;
939       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
940         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
941         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
942                                                      Result.end());
943       } else {
944         TemplateDecl *TD
945           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
946         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
947         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
948 
949         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
950           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
951                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
952                                                       TD);
953         else
954           Template = TemplateName(TD);
955       }
956 
957       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
958         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
959         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
960         // to based on which function we selected.
961         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
962 
963         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
964       }
965 
966       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
967                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
968     }
969   }
970 
971   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
972   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
973     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
974     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
975     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
976     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
977       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
978     return ParsedType::make(T);
979   }
980 
981   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
982   if (!Class) {
983     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
984     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
985             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
986       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
987   }
988 
989   if (Class) {
990     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
991 
992     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
993       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
994       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
995       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
996       return NameClassification::Unknown();
997     }
998 
999     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
1000     return ParsedType::make(T);
1001   }
1002 
1003   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
1004   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
1005     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
1006         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1007 
1008   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
1009   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
1010   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star);
1011   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
1012        (NextIsOp &&
1013         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
1014       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
1015     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1016     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1017     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1018     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1019       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1020     return ParsedType::make(T);
1021   }
1022 
1023   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
1024     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
1025                                            nullptr);
1026 
1027   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1028   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
1029 }
1030 
1031 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
1032 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
1033 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
1034 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
1035 
1036   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
1037   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
1038   // the context we'll need to return to.
1039   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
1040   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
1041   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
1042   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
1043   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
1044   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
1045   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
1046   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1047   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1048   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1049     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1050 
1051     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1052     // lexical context.
1053     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1054       return DC;
1055 
1056     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1057     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
1058     // class is the context we need to return to.
1059     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1060       DC = RD;
1061 
1062     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1063     // declared in.
1064     return DC;
1065   }
1066 
1067   return DC->getLexicalParent();
1068 }
1069 
1070 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1071   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1072       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1073   CurContext = DC;
1074   S->setEntity(DC);
1075 }
1076 
1077 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1078   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1079 
1080   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1081   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1082 }
1083 
1084 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S,
1085                                                                     Decl *D) {
1086   // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily
1087   // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing
1088   // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one.
1089   auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext);
1090   CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition();
1091   assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag");
1092   // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look
1093   // into the pre-existing complete definition.
1094   S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent());
1095   return Result;
1096 }
1097 
1098 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) {
1099   CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context);
1100 }
1101 
1102 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1103 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1104 ///
1105 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1106   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1107   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1108   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1109   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1110   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1111   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1112   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1113   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1114   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1115   //   namespace.
1116   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1117   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1118   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1119   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1120   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1121 
1122   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1123 
1124 #ifndef NDEBUG
1125   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1126   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1127   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1128 #endif
1129 
1130   CurContext = DC;
1131   S->setEntity(DC);
1132 }
1133 
1134 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1135   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1136 
1137   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1138   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1139   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1140   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1141   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1142 
1143   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1144   // disappear.
1145 }
1146 
1147 
1148 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1149   // We assume that the caller has already called
1150   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1151   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1152   if (!FD)
1153     return;
1154 
1155   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1156   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1157   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1158     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1159   CurContext = FD;
1160   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1161 
1162   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1163     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1164     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1165     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1166       S->AddDecl(Param);
1167       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1168     }
1169   }
1170 }
1171 
1172 
1173 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1174   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1175   // rather than the top-level class.
1176   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1177   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1178   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1179 }
1180 
1181 
1182 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1183 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1184 ///
1185 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1186 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1187 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1188 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1189 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1190 /// attribute.
1191 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1192                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1193   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1194     return true;
1195 
1196   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1197     return true;
1198 
1199   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1200           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1201 }
1202 
1203 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1204 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1205   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1206   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1207   // scope.
1208   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1209     S = S->getParent();
1210 
1211   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1212   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1213   // into any context.
1214   if (AddToContext)
1215     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1216 
1217   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1218   // are function-local declarations.
1219   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1220       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1221         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1222       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1223     return;
1224 
1225   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1226   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1227       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1228     return;
1229 
1230   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1231   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1232                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1233   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1234     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1235       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1236       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1237 
1238       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1239       break;
1240     }
1241   }
1242 
1243   S->AddDecl(D);
1244 
1245   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1246     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1247     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1248     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1249     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1250       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1251       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1252         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1253           continue;
1254       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1255         break;
1256     }
1257 
1258     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1259   } else {
1260     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1261   }
1262 }
1263 
1264 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1265   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1266     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1267 }
1268 
1269 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1270                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1271   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1272 }
1273 
1274 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1275   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1276   do {
1277     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1278       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1279         return S;
1280   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1281 
1282   return nullptr;
1283 }
1284 
1285 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1286                                             DeclContext*,
1287                                             ASTContext&);
1288 
1289 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1290 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1291 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1292                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1293                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1294   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1295   while (F.hasNext()) {
1296     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1297 
1298     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1299       continue;
1300 
1301     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1302       continue;
1303 
1304     F.erase();
1305   }
1306 
1307   F.done();
1308 }
1309 
1310 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1311   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1312          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1313          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1314 }
1315 
1316 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1317 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1318   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1319   while (F.hasNext())
1320     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1321       F.erase();
1322 
1323   F.done();
1324 }
1325 
1326 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1327 /// @code
1328 /// class S {
1329 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1330 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1331 /// };
1332 /// @endcode
1333 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1334   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1335   // the decl here.
1336   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1337     return false;
1338 
1339   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1340     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1341   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1342     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1343   return false;
1344 }
1345 
1346 // We need this to handle
1347 //
1348 // typedef struct {
1349 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1350 // } A;
1351 //
1352 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1353 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1354 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1355 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1356 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1357 // not.
1358 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1359   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1360   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1361     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1362       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1363         return true;
1364     }
1365     DC = DC->getParent();
1366   }
1367 
1368   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1369 }
1370 
1371 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1372 // these semantics.
1373 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1374   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1375     return false;
1376   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1377 }
1378 
1379 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1380   assert(D);
1381 
1382   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1383     return false;
1384 
1385   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1386   // of members of class templates.
1387   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1388       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1389     return false;
1390 
1391   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1392     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1393       return false;
1394 
1395     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1396       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1397         return false;
1398     } else {
1399       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1400       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1401         return false;
1402     }
1403 
1404     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1405         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1406       return false;
1407   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1408     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1409     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1410     // like "inline".)
1411     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1412       return false;
1413 
1414     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1415       return false;
1416 
1417     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1418         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1419       return false;
1420   } else {
1421     return false;
1422   }
1423 
1424   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1425   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1426   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1427   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1428 }
1429 
1430 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1431   if (!D)
1432     return;
1433 
1434   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1435     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1436     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1437       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1438   }
1439 
1440   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1441     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1442     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1443       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1444   }
1445 
1446   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1447     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1448 }
1449 
1450 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1451   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1452     return false;
1453 
1454   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1455       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1456     return false;
1457 
1458   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1459     return true;
1460 
1461   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1462   // functions.
1463   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1464   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1465     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1466     WithinFunction =
1467         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1468   if (!WithinFunction)
1469     return false;
1470 
1471   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1472     return true;
1473 
1474   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1475   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1476     return false;
1477 
1478   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1479   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1480 
1481     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1482     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1483 
1484     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1485     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1486       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1487         return false;
1488     }
1489 
1490     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1491     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1492     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1493       return false;
1494 
1495     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1496       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1497       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1498         return false;
1499 
1500       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1501         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1502           return false;
1503 
1504         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1505           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1506                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1507             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1508           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1509             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1510           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1511             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1512             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1513               return false;
1514           }
1515         }
1516       }
1517     }
1518 
1519     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1520   }
1521 
1522   return true;
1523 }
1524 
1525 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1526                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1527   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1528     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1529                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1530     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1531       return;
1532     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1533                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1534   }
1535   return;
1536 }
1537 
1538 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1539   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1540     return;
1541 
1542   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1543     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1544       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1545     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1546       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1547   }
1548 }
1549 
1550 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1551 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1552 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1553   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1554     return;
1555 
1556   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1557     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1558     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1559     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1560     return;
1561   }
1562 
1563   FixItHint Hint;
1564   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1565 
1566   unsigned DiagID;
1567   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1568     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1569   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1570     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1571   else
1572     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1573 
1574   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1575 }
1576 
1577 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1578   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1579   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1580   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1581   // MS inline assembly label name.
1582   bool Diagnose = false;
1583   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1584     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1585   else
1586     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1587   if (Diagnose)
1588     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1589 }
1590 
1591 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1592   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1593 
1594   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1595   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1596          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1597 
1598   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1599     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1600 
1601     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1602     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1603 
1604     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1605 
1606     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1607     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1608       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1609       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1610         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1611     }
1612 
1613     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1614     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1615       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1616 
1617     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1618     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1619   }
1620 }
1621 
1622 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1623 ///
1624 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1625 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1626 /// to the fixed name.
1627 ///
1628 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1629 ///
1630 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1631 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1632 ///
1633 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1634 /// class could not be found.
1635 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1636                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1637                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1638   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1639   // creation from this context.
1640   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1641 
1642   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1643     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1644     // find an Objective-C class name.
1645     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(
1646             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1647             llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(),
1648             CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1649       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1650       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1651       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1652     }
1653   }
1654   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1655   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1656   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1657       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1658   return Def;
1659 }
1660 
1661 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1662 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1663 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1664 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1665 /// ill-formed in C++:
1666 /// @code
1667 /// struct S6 {
1668 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1669 /// };
1670 ///
1671 /// void test_S6() {
1672 ///   struct S6 a;
1673 ///   a.e = BAR;
1674 /// }
1675 /// @endcode
1676 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1677 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1678 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1679 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1680 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1681 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1682 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1683 /// contain non-field names.
1684 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1685   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1686          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1687          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1688     S = S->getParent();
1689   return S;
1690 }
1691 
1692 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1693 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1694 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1695 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1696 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1697                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1698   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1699     return;
1700   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1701 
1702   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1703                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1704   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1705   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1706     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1707       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1708 }
1709 
1710 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1711   switch (Error) {
1712   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1713     return "";
1714   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1715     return "stdio.h";
1716   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1717     return "setjmp.h";
1718   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1719     return "ucontext.h";
1720   }
1721   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1722 }
1723 
1724 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1725 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1726 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1727 /// built-in.
1728 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
1729                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1730                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1731   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1732 
1733   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1734   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
1735   if (Error) {
1736     if (ForRedeclaration)
1737       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
1738           << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
1739     return nullptr;
1740   }
1741 
1742   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) {
1743     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1744         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R;
1745     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) &&
1746         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1747       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
1748           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID)
1749           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
1750   }
1751 
1752   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1753   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1754     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1755         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1756                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1757     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1758     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1759     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1760   }
1761 
1762   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1763                                            Parent,
1764                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1765                                            SC_Extern,
1766                                            false,
1767                                            R->isFunctionProtoType());
1768   New->setImplicit();
1769 
1770   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1771   // FunctionDecl.
1772   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1773     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1774     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1775       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1776           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1777                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1778                               SC_None, nullptr);
1779       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1780       Params.push_back(parm);
1781     }
1782     New->setParams(Params);
1783   }
1784 
1785   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1786   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1787 
1788   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1789   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1790   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1791   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1792   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1793   CurContext = Parent;
1794   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1795   CurContext = SavedContext;
1796   return New;
1797 }
1798 
1799 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
1800 /// entity if their types are the same.
1801 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
1802 /// isSameEntity.
1803 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S,
1804                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
1805                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
1806   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1807   if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
1808     return;
1809 
1810   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1811   if (Previous.empty())
1812     return;
1813 
1814   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
1815   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
1816     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
1817 
1818     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1819     if (S.isVisible(Old))
1820       continue;
1821 
1822     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
1823     // different linkages.
1824     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1825       if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
1826                                 Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
1827         continue;
1828 
1829       // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage
1830       // purposes, then they declare the same entity.
1831       if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) &&
1832           Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName())
1833         continue;
1834     }
1835 
1836     if (!Old->isExternallyVisible())
1837       Filter.erase();
1838   }
1839 
1840   Filter.done();
1841 }
1842 
1843 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1844   QualType OldType;
1845   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1846     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1847   else
1848     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1849   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1850 
1851   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1852     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1853     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1854     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1855       << Kind << NewType;
1856     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1857       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1858     New->setInvalidDecl();
1859     return true;
1860   }
1861 
1862   if (OldType != NewType &&
1863       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1864       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1865       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1866     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1867     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1868       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1869     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1870       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1871     New->setInvalidDecl();
1872     return true;
1873   }
1874   return false;
1875 }
1876 
1877 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1878 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1879 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1880 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1881 ///
1882 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1883   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1884   // merging checks.
1885   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1886 
1887   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1888   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1889   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1890     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1891     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1892     default: break;
1893     case 2:
1894       {
1895         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1896           break;
1897         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1898         if (!T->isPointerType())
1899           break;
1900         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1901           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1902           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1903             break;
1904         }
1905         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1906         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1907         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1908         return;
1909       }
1910     case 5:
1911       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1912         break;
1913       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1914       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1915       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1916       return;
1917     case 3:
1918       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1919         break;
1920       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1921       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1922       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1923       return;
1924     }
1925     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1926   }
1927 
1928   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1929   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1930   if (!Old) {
1931     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1932       << New->getDeclName();
1933 
1934     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1935     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1936       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1937 
1938     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1939   }
1940 
1941   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1942   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1943     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1944 
1945   if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1946     auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true);
1947     auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName();
1948     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
1949     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag &&
1950         OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() &&
1951         !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) {
1952       // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it
1953       // instead of our tag.
1954       New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl());
1955       if (OldTD->isModed())
1956         New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
1957                                     OldTD->getUnderlyingType());
1958       else
1959         New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo());
1960 
1961       // Make the old tag definition visible.
1962       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation());
1963     }
1964   }
1965 
1966   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1967   // with any extensions enabled.
1968   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1969     return;
1970 
1971   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1972   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1973   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1974     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1975     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1976   }
1977 
1978   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1979     return;
1980 
1981   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1982     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1983     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1984     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1985     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1986     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1987       return;
1988 
1989     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1990     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1991     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1992     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1993     //
1994     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1995     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1996     //
1997     //   struct S {
1998     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1999     //   };
2000     //
2001     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
2002     // allow the above but disallow
2003     //
2004     //   struct S {
2005     //     typedef int I;
2006     //     typedef int I;
2007     //   };
2008     //
2009     // since that was the intent of DR56.
2010     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2011       return;
2012 
2013     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2014       << New->getDeclName();
2015     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2016     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2017   }
2018 
2019   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
2020   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
2021     return;
2022 
2023   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
2024   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
2025   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
2026   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
2027   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
2028       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
2029        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
2030     return;
2031 
2032   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
2033     << New->getDeclName();
2034   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2035 }
2036 
2037 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
2038 /// attribute.
2039 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
2040   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
2041   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
2042   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
2043     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
2044       if (Ann) {
2045         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
2046           return true;
2047         continue;
2048       }
2049       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
2050       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
2051         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2052       return true;
2053     }
2054 
2055   return false;
2056 }
2057 
2058 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2059   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2060     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2061   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2062     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2063   return true;
2064 }
2065 
2066 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2067 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2068 ///
2069 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2070 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2071   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2072   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2073   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2074   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2075   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2076   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2077     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2078     // in a case like:
2079     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2080     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2081     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2082     // definition in such a case.
2083     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2084       return false;
2085 
2086     if (I->isAlignas())
2087       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2088 
2089     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2090     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2091       OldAlign = Align;
2092       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2093     }
2094   }
2095 
2096   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2097   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2098   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2099   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2100     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2101       return false;
2102 
2103     if (I->isAlignas())
2104       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2105 
2106     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2107     if (Align > NewAlign)
2108       NewAlign = Align;
2109   }
2110 
2111   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2112     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2113     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2114     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2115     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2116 
2117     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2118     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2119     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2120       QualType Ty;
2121       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2122         Ty = VD->getType();
2123       else
2124         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2125 
2126       if (OldAlign == 0)
2127         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2128       if (NewAlign == 0)
2129         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2130     }
2131 
2132     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2133       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2134         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2135         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2136       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2137     }
2138   }
2139 
2140   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2141     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2142     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2143     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2144     //   equivalent alignment.
2145     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2146     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2147     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2148     //   have no alignment specifier.
2149     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2150       << OldAlignasAttr;
2151     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2152       << OldAlignasAttr;
2153   }
2154 
2155   bool AnyAdded = false;
2156 
2157   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2158   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2159     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2160     Clone->setInherited(true);
2161     New->addAttr(Clone);
2162     AnyAdded = true;
2163   }
2164 
2165   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2166   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2167       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2168     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2169     Clone->setInherited(true);
2170     New->addAttr(Clone);
2171     AnyAdded = true;
2172   }
2173 
2174   return AnyAdded;
2175 }
2176 
2177 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2178                                const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) {
2179   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2180   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
2181   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2182     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
2183                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
2184                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2185                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
2186                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2187   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2188     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2189                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
2190   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2191     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2192                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2193   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2194     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2195                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2196   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2197     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2198                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2199   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2200     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2201                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2202                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2203   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2204     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2205                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2206   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2207     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2208                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2209                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2210   else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr))
2211     NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(),
2212                                       &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()),
2213                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2214   else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr))
2215     NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2216   else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr))
2217     NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2218   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2219     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2220     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2221     NewAttr = nullptr;
2222   else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override)
2223     NewAttr = nullptr;
2224   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2225     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2226 
2227   if (NewAttr) {
2228     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2229     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2230     return true;
2231   }
2232 
2233   return false;
2234 }
2235 
2236 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2237   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2238     return TD->getDefinition();
2239   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2240     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2241     if (Def)
2242       return Def;
2243     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2244   }
2245   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2246     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2247     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
2248       return Def;
2249   }
2250   return nullptr;
2251 }
2252 
2253 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2254   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2255     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2256       return true;
2257   return false;
2258 }
2259 
2260 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2261 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2262 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2263   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2264     return;
2265 
2266   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2267   if (!Def || Def == New)
2268     return;
2269 
2270   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2271   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2272     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2273 
2274     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2275       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2276         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2277       else {
2278         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2279         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2280                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2281                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2282                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2283         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2284         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2285         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2286       }
2287       ++I;
2288       continue;
2289     }
2290 
2291     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2292       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2293       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2294         ++I;
2295         continue;
2296       }
2297     }
2298 
2299     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2300       ++I;
2301       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2302     }
2303 
2304     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2305       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2306       ++I;
2307       continue;
2308     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2309       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2310         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2311         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2312         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2313         //   equivalent alignment.
2314         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2315         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2316         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2317         //   have no alignment specifier.
2318         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2319           << AA;
2320         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2321           << AA;
2322         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2323         --E;
2324         continue;
2325       }
2326     }
2327 
2328     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2329            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2330     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2331     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2332     --E;
2333   }
2334 }
2335 
2336 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2337 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2338                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2339   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2340     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2341     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2342     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2343   }
2344 
2345   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2346     return;
2347 
2348   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2349   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2350 
2351   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2352     return;
2353 
2354   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2355 
2356   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2357   // we process them.
2358   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2359 
2360   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2361     bool Override = false;
2362     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2363     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2364         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2365         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2366       switch (AMK) {
2367       case AMK_None:
2368         continue;
2369 
2370       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2371         break;
2372 
2373       case AMK_Override:
2374         Override = true;
2375         break;
2376       }
2377     }
2378 
2379     // Already handled.
2380     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2381       continue;
2382 
2383     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override))
2384       foundAny = true;
2385   }
2386 
2387   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2388     foundAny = true;
2389 
2390   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2391 }
2392 
2393 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2394 /// to the new one.
2395 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2396                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2397                                      Sema &S) {
2398   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2399   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2400   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2401   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2402   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2403   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2404     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2405            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2406     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2407     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2408     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2409       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2410     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2411       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2412     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2413            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2414   }
2415 
2416   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2417     return;
2418 
2419   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2420 
2421   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2422   // done before we process them.
2423   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2424 
2425   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2426     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2427       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2428         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2429       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2430       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2431       foundAny = true;
2432     }
2433   }
2434 
2435   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2436 }
2437 
2438 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam,
2439                                 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam,
2440                                 Sema &S) {
2441   if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2442     if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2443       if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) {
2444         S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr)
2445           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2446                *Newnullability,
2447                ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2448                 != 0))
2449           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2450                *Oldnullability,
2451                ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2452                 != 0));
2453         S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2454       }
2455     } else {
2456       QualType NewT = NewParam->getType();
2457       NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType(
2458                          AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability),
2459                          NewT, NewT);
2460       NewParam->setType(NewT);
2461     }
2462   }
2463 }
2464 
2465 namespace {
2466 
2467 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2468 /// C.
2469 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2470   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2471   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2472   QualType PromotedType;
2473 };
2474 
2475 }
2476 
2477 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2478 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2479   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2480     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2481       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2482 
2483     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2484       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2485 
2486     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2487       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2488   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2489     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2490   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2491     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2492   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2493     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2494   }
2495 
2496   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2497 }
2498 
2499 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2500 // declaration, or a declaration.
2501 template <typename T>
2502 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2503 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2504   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2505   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2506   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2507     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2508   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2509     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2510     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2511       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2512   } else
2513     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2514   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2515 }
2516 
2517 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2518 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2519 /// GNU89 mode.
2520 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2521                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2522   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2523           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2524           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2525           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2526 }
2527 
2528 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2529   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2530   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2531     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2532   return AT;
2533 }
2534 
2535 template <typename T>
2536 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2537   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2538   if (DC->isRecord())
2539     return false;
2540 
2541   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2542   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2543     return true;
2544   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2545     return true;
2546   return false;
2547 }
2548 
2549 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); }
2550 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; }
2551 
2552 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a
2553 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload
2554 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration).
2555 template<typename ExpectedDecl>
2556 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS,
2557                                    ExpectedDecl *New) {
2558   // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
2559   //   Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of
2560   //   which specifies the same unqualified name,
2561   //   -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions
2562   //      and function templates; or
2563   //   -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration
2564   //      name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all
2565   //      refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions
2566   //      and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration
2567   //      name is hidden (3.3.10).
2568 
2569   // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2570   //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2571   //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2572   //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2573   //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2574 
2575   auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl());
2576   if (Old &&
2577       !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2578           New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2579       !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New)))
2580     Old = nullptr;
2581 
2582   if (!Old) {
2583     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2584     S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
2585     S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2586     return true;
2587   }
2588   return false;
2589 }
2590 
2591 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2592 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2593 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2594 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2595 ///
2596 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2597 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2598 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2599 /// merged with.
2600 ///
2601 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2602 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2603                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2604   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2605   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2606   if (!Old) {
2607     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2608       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2609         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2610         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2611              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2612         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2613              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2614         return true;
2615       }
2616 
2617       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2618       if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
2619         return true;
2620       OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2621     } else {
2622       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2623         << New->getDeclName();
2624       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2625       return true;
2626     }
2627   }
2628 
2629   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2630   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2631     return true;
2632 
2633   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2634   SourceLocation OldLocation;
2635   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2636       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2637 
2638   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2639   // is an extern inline function.
2640   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2641   // storage classes.
2642   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2643       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2644       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2645       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2646       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2647     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2648       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2649       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2650     } else {
2651       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2652       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2653       return true;
2654     }
2655   }
2656 
2657 
2658   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2659   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2660   // convention of the first.
2661   //
2662   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2663   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2664   //
2665   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2666   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2667   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2668   //
2669   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2670   // other tests to run.
2671   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2672   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2673   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2674   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2675   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2676   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2677   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2678 
2679   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2680     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2681     const FunctionType *FT =
2682         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2683     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2684     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2685     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2686       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2687       // there but not here.
2688       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2689       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2690     } else {
2691       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2692       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2693       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2694         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2695         << !FirstCCExplicit
2696         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2697             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2698 
2699       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2700       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2701       return true;
2702     }
2703   }
2704 
2705   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2706   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2707     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2708     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2709   }
2710 
2711   // Merge regparm attribute.
2712   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2713       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2714     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2715       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2716         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2717         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2718       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2719       return true;
2720     }
2721 
2722     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2723     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2724   }
2725 
2726   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2727   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2728     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2729       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2730       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2731       return true;
2732     }
2733 
2734     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2735     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2736   }
2737 
2738   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2739     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2740     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2741     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2742     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2743     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2744   }
2745 
2746   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2747   // UndefinedButUsed.
2748   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2749       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2750       !getLangOpts().GNUInline &&
2751       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2752       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2753     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2754                                            SourceLocation()));
2755 
2756   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2757   // about it.
2758   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2759       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2760     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2761   }
2762 
2763   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2764     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2765     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2766     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2767     //        cannot be overloaded.
2768 
2769     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2770     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2771     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2772     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2773     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2774     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2775         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2776              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2777              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2778     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2779         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2780              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2781              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2782     QualType ResQT;
2783     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2784         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2785           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2786       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2787           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2788         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2789       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2790         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2791           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
2792               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2793         else
2794           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
2795               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2796         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
2797                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2798         return true;
2799       }
2800       else
2801         NewQType = ResQT;
2802     }
2803 
2804     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2805     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2806     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2807       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2808       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2809       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2810       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2811         New->setType(
2812             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2813                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2814                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2815         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2816             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2817                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2818                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2819       }
2820     }
2821 
2822     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2823     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2824     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2825       // Preserve triviality.
2826       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2827 
2828       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2829       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2830       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2831       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2832                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2833                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2834       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2835 
2836       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2837           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2838         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2839         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2840         //       is a static member function declaration.
2841         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2842           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2843           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2844           return true;
2845         }
2846 
2847         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2848         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2849         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2850         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2851         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2852           unsigned NewDiag;
2853           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2854             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2855           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2856             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2857           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2858             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2859           else
2860             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2861 
2862           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2863         } else {
2864           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2865             << New << New->getType();
2866         }
2867         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2868         return true;
2869 
2870       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2871       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2872       //
2873       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2874       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2875       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2876         if (isFriend) {
2877           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2878         } else {
2879           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2880                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2881             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2882           return true;
2883         }
2884       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2885         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2886              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2887           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2888         return true;
2889       }
2890     }
2891 
2892     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2893     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2894     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2895     //   attribute.
2896     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2897     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2898       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2899       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2900            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2901     }
2902 
2903     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2904     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2905     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2906     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2907     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2908     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2909       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2910            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2911       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2912            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2913     }
2914 
2915     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2916     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2917     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2918     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2919 
2920     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2921     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2922     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2923       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2924       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2925         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2926       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2927       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2928     }
2929 
2930     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2931       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2932       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2933       //
2934       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2935       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2936       // linkage within class scope.
2937       //
2938       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2939       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2940         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2941         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2942       } else {
2943         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2944         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2945         return true;
2946       }
2947     }
2948 
2949     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2950       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2951 
2952     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2953         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2954       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2955       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2956       // when we instantiate the function.
2957       return false;
2958     }
2959 
2960     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2961   }
2962 
2963   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2964   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2965   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2966       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2967     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2968     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2969     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
2970     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2971         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2972       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2973       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2974       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2975       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
2976       NewQType =
2977           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
2978                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2979       New->setType(NewQType);
2980       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2981 
2982       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
2983       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2984       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
2985         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
2986                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2987                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2988                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
2989         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2990         Param->setImplicit();
2991         Params.push_back(Param);
2992       }
2993 
2994       New->setParams(Params);
2995     }
2996 
2997     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2998   }
2999 
3000   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
3001   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
3002   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
3003   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
3004   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
3005   // the prototype.
3006   //
3007   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
3008   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
3009   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
3010   // C99 6.9.1p8.
3011   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3012       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
3013       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
3014       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
3015     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
3016     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
3017     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
3018       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3019     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
3020       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3021 
3022     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
3023     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
3024                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
3025     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
3026     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
3027          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
3028       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
3029       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
3030       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3031                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
3032         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3033       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3034                                             NewParm->getType(),
3035                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
3036         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
3037                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
3038         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
3039         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3040       } else
3041         LooseCompatible = false;
3042     }
3043 
3044     if (LooseCompatible) {
3045       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
3046         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
3047              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
3048           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
3049           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
3050         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
3051           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
3052                diag::note_previous_declaration);
3053       }
3054 
3055       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3056         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
3057                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
3058       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3059     }
3060 
3061     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
3062   }
3063 
3064   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
3065   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
3066 
3067   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
3068   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
3069   unsigned BuiltinID;
3070   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
3071     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
3072     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
3073     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
3074       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
3075       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3076         << Old << Old->getType();
3077 
3078       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
3079       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
3080       //
3081       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
3082       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
3083       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
3084       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
3085       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
3086       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3087         New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin();
3088 
3089       return false;
3090     }
3091 
3092     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
3093   }
3094 
3095   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
3096   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3097   return true;
3098 }
3099 
3100 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
3101 /// known to be compatible.
3102 ///
3103 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
3104 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
3105 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
3106 /// redeclaration of Old.
3107 ///
3108 /// \returns false
3109 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3110                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3111   // Merge the attributes
3112   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3113 
3114   // Merge "pure" flag.
3115   if (Old->isPure())
3116     New->setPure();
3117 
3118   // Merge "used" flag.
3119   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3120     New->setIsUsed();
3121 
3122   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3123   // declarations.
3124   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3125       for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
3126         ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i);
3127         ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i);
3128         mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3129         mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3130       }
3131 
3132   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3133     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3134 
3135   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3136   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3137   // was visible.
3138   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3139   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3140     New->setType(Merged);
3141 
3142   return false;
3143 }
3144 
3145 
3146 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3147                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3148 
3149   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3150   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3151     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3152                                                    : AMK_Override;
3153   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3154 
3155   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3156   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3157                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3158   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3159          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3160        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3161     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3162 
3163   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3164 }
3165 
3166 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3167 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3168 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3169 ///
3170 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3171 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3172 /// is attached.
3173 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3174                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3175   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3176     return;
3177 
3178   QualType MergedT;
3179   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3180     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3181       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3182       return;
3183     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3184       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3185       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3186     }
3187     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3188     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3189     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3190     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3191     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3192     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
3193              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3194       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3195       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3196       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3197                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3198         MergedT = New->getType();
3199     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
3200                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3201       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3202       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3203       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3204                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3205         MergedT = Old->getType();
3206     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3207                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3208       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3209                                               Old->getType());
3210     }
3211   } else {
3212     // C 6.2.7p2:
3213     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3214     //   compatible type.
3215     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3216   }
3217   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3218     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3219     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3220     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3221     // equivalent.
3222     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3223     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3224          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3225       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3226       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3227       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3228       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3229         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3230       return;
3231     }
3232 
3233     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
3234     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
3235     //
3236     //   extern int arr[];
3237     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
3238     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
3239     //
3240     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
3241     // to diagnose it.
3242     Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()
3243                                  ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type
3244                                  : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type)
3245         << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3246 
3247     diag::kind PrevDiag;
3248     SourceLocation OldLocation;
3249     std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3250         getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3251     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3252     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3253   }
3254 
3255   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3256   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3257   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3258     New->setType(MergedT);
3259 }
3260 
3261 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3262                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3263   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3264   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3265   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3266   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3267   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3268   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3269   //
3270   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3271   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3272     return false;
3273 
3274   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3275     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3276     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3277     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3278     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3279     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3280            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3281             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3282   } else {
3283     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3284     // type unless we're in the same function.
3285     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3286            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3287   }
3288 }
3289 
3290 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3291 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3292 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3293 ///
3294 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3295 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3296 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3297 ///
3298 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3299   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3300   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3301     return;
3302 
3303   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3304 
3305   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3306   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3307   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3308   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3309     if (NewTemplate) {
3310       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3311       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3312 
3313       if (auto *Shadow =
3314               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3315         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate))
3316           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3317     } else {
3318       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3319 
3320       if (auto *Shadow =
3321               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3322         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
3323           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3324     }
3325   }
3326   if (!Old) {
3327     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3328       << New->getDeclName();
3329     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3330          diag::note_previous_definition);
3331     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3332   }
3333 
3334   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
3335     return;
3336 
3337   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3338   if (NewTemplate &&
3339       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3340                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3341                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3342     return;
3343 
3344   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3345   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3346   //
3347   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3348   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3349     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3350       << New->getIdentifier();
3351     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3352     New->setInvalidDecl();
3353   }
3354 
3355   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3356   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3357   // declaration
3358   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3359       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3360       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3361     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3362     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3363     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3364     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3365   }
3366 
3367   // Merge the types.
3368   VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl();
3369   if (MostRecent != Old) {
3370     MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent,
3371                       mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous));
3372     if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3373       return;
3374   }
3375 
3376   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3377   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3378     return;
3379 
3380   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3381   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3382   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3383       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3384 
3385   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3386   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3387       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3388       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3389     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3390       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3391           << New->getDeclName();
3392       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3393     } else {
3394       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3395           << New->getDeclName();
3396       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3397       return New->setInvalidDecl();
3398     }
3399   }
3400   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3401   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3402   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3403   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3404   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3405   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3406   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3407   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3408   //   identifier has external linkage.
3409   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3410     /* Okay */;
3411   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3412            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3413            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3414     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3415     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3416     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3417   }
3418 
3419   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3420   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3421       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) {
3422     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3423     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3424     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3425   }
3426   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() &&
3427       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3428     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3429     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3430     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3431   }
3432 
3433   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3434 
3435   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3436   // need to check for mismatches.
3437   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3438       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3439       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3440         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3441     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3442     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3443     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3444   }
3445 
3446   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3447     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3448       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3449       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3450     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3451       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3452       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3453     } else {
3454       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3455       // static and dynamic initialization.
3456       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3457       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3458       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3459         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3460       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3461     }
3462   }
3463 
3464   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3465   VarDecl *Def;
3466   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3467       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3468       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3469     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
3470     if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) &&
3471         (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
3472          New->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
3473          New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
3474          New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
3475       // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
3476       // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it.
3477     } else {
3478       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3479       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3480       New->setInvalidDecl();
3481       return;
3482     }
3483   }
3484 
3485   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3486     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3487     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3488     New->setInvalidDecl();
3489     return;
3490   }
3491 
3492   // Merge "used" flag.
3493   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3494     New->setIsUsed();
3495 
3496   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3497   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3498   if (NewTemplate)
3499     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3500 
3501   // Inherit access appropriately.
3502   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3503   if (NewTemplate)
3504     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3505 }
3506 
3507 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3508 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3509 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3510                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3511   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3512 }
3513 
3514 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to
3515 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes.
3516 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks
3517 // compatibility.
3518 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being
3519 // targeted.
3520 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) {
3521   return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015)
3522              ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber()
3523              : S->getMSLastManglingNumber();
3524 }
3525 
3526 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3527   if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3528     return;
3529 
3530   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3531     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3532     // it is anonymous.
3533     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3534       return;
3535     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3536         Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3537     Context.setManglingNumber(
3538         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(
3539                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3540     return;
3541   }
3542 
3543   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3544   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3545   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
3546           Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
3547     Context.setManglingNumber(
3548         Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
3549                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3550   }
3551 }
3552 
3553 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
3554                                         TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
3555   // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
3556   // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
3557   if (TagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier())
3558     return;
3559   if (TagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3560     return;
3561 
3562   // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
3563   assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
3564 
3565   // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
3566   if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(),
3567                            Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec)))
3568     return;
3569 
3570   // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
3571   // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
3572   // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
3573   // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
3574   // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
3575   // for how to handle it.
3576   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
3577     Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
3578 
3579     SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart();
3580     tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
3581 
3582     llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
3583     textToInsert += ' ';
3584     textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName();
3585     Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
3586         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
3587     return;
3588   }
3589 
3590   // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
3591   TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
3592 }
3593 
3594 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) {
3595   switch (T) {
3596   case DeclSpec::TST_class:
3597     return 0;
3598   case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
3599     return 1;
3600   case DeclSpec::TST_interface:
3601     return 2;
3602   case DeclSpec::TST_union:
3603     return 3;
3604   case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
3605     return 4;
3606   default:
3607     llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier");
3608   }
3609 }
3610 
3611 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3612 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3613 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3614 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3615                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3616                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3617                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3618   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
3619   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
3620   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3621       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3622       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3623       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3624       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3625     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3626 
3627     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3628       return nullptr;
3629 
3630     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3631     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3632     // it's a Type.
3633     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3634       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3635     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3636       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3637   }
3638 
3639   if (Tag) {
3640     handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
3641     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3642     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3643       return Tag;
3644   }
3645 
3646   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3647     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3648     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3649     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3650       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3651            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3652            << DS.getSourceRange();
3653   }
3654 
3655   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3656     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3657     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3658     if (Tag)
3659       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3660           << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType());
3661     else
3662       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3663     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3664     return TagD;
3665   }
3666 
3667   if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) {
3668     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to
3669     // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and
3670     // its initializer.
3671     Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
3672     return TagD;
3673   }
3674 
3675   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3676 
3677   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3678     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3679     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3680     if (TagD && !Tag)
3681       return nullptr;
3682     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3683   }
3684 
3685   const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3686   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3687     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3688   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3689       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3690     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3691     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3692     // or an explicit specialization.
3693     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3694     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3695         << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange();
3696     return nullptr;
3697   }
3698 
3699   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3700   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3701 
3702   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3703   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3704     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3705         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3706       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3707           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3708         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record,
3709                                            Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3710 
3711       DeclaresAnything = false;
3712     }
3713   }
3714 
3715   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
3716   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
3717   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
3718   //
3719   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
3720   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
3721   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
3722       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3723     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
3724     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
3725     //   struct STRUCT;
3726     //   union UNION;
3727     // and
3728     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3729     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
3730     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
3731         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
3732       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
3733       if (Tag)
3734         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3735       else if (const RecordType *RT =
3736                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
3737         Record = RT->getDecl();
3738       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
3739         Record = UT->getDecl();
3740 
3741       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3742         Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
3743           << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
3744         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3745       }
3746 
3747       DeclaresAnything = false;
3748     }
3749   }
3750 
3751   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3752   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3753       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3754     return TagD;
3755 
3756   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3757       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3758     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3759       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3760           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3761         DeclaresAnything = false;
3762 
3763   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3764     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3765     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3766       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3767         << DS.getSourceRange();
3768     else
3769       DeclaresAnything = false;
3770   }
3771 
3772   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3773       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3774     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3775       << Tag->getTagKind()
3776       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3777 
3778   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3779 
3780   // C 6.7/2:
3781   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3782   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3783   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3784   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3785   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3786   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3787   //   previous declaration.
3788   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3789     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3790     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3791     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3792     return TagD;
3793   }
3794 
3795   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3796   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3797   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3798   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3799   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3800   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3801   //
3802   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3803   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3804   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3805     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3806 
3807   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3808   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3809   // useless.
3810   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
3811     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
3812       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
3813       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
3814       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3815     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3816       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3817         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3818   }
3819 
3820   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3821     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3822       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3823   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3824     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3825       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3826     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3827       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3828     // Restrict is covered above.
3829     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3830       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3831   }
3832 
3833   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3834   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3835   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3836   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3837     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3838     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3839         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3840         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3841         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3842         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3843       for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs;
3844            attrs = attrs->getNext())
3845         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3846             << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType);
3847     }
3848   }
3849 
3850   return TagD;
3851 }
3852 
3853 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3854 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3855 ///
3856 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3857 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3858                                          Scope *S,
3859                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3860                                          DeclarationName Name,
3861                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3862                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3863   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3864                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3865   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3866 
3867   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3868     return false;
3869 
3870   // Pick a representative declaration.
3871   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3872   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3873 
3874   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3875     return false;
3876 
3877   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3878   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3879 
3880   return true;
3881 }
3882 
3883 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3884 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3885 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3886 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3887 /// struct, e.g.,
3888 ///
3889 /// @code
3890 /// union {
3891 ///   int i;
3892 ///   float f;
3893 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3894 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3895 /// @endcode
3896 ///
3897 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3898 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3899 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3900                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3901                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3902                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3903                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3904                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3905   unsigned diagKind
3906     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3907                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3908 
3909   bool Invalid = false;
3910 
3911   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3912   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
3913     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
3914         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
3915       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3916       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3917                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3918         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3919         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3920         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3921         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3922         Invalid = true;
3923       } else {
3924         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3925         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3926         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3927         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3928         //   anonymous union is declared.
3929         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3930         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3931           Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end());
3932         else
3933           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3934 
3935         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3936         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3937           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3938         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3939           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3940 
3941         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
3942             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
3943             VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3944 
3945         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
3946           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
3947 
3948         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3949         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3950         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3951 
3952         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3953         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3954 
3955         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3956       }
3957     }
3958   }
3959 
3960   return Invalid;
3961 }
3962 
3963 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3964 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3965 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3966 static StorageClass
3967 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3968   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3969   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3970          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3971   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3972   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3973   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3974     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3975       return SC_None;
3976     return SC_Extern;
3977   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3978   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3979   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3980   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3981     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3982   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3983   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3984   }
3985   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3986 }
3987 
3988 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
3989   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
3990 
3991   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
3992     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
3993     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
3994       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
3995     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
3996       return FD->getLocation();
3997   }
3998 
3999   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
4000 }
4001 
4002 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4003                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
4004   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4005     return;
4006 
4007   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
4008   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
4009 }
4010 
4011 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4012                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
4013   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4014     return;
4015 
4016   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
4017 }
4018 
4019 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
4020 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
4021 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
4022 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
4023 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4024                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
4025                                         RecordDecl *Record,
4026                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
4027   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
4028 
4029   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
4030   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
4031     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
4032   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4033     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
4034   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
4035     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
4036 
4037   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
4038   // structs/unions.
4039   bool Invalid = false;
4040   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4041     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
4042     unsigned DiagID;
4043     if (Record->isUnion()) {
4044       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4045       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
4046       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
4047       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
4048           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
4049            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
4050             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
4051         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
4052           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
4053 
4054         // Recover by adding 'static'.
4055         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
4056                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
4057       }
4058       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4059       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
4060       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
4061       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
4062                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4063         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4064              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
4065           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4066 
4067         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
4068         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
4069                                SourceLocation(),
4070                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4071       }
4072     }
4073 
4074     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
4075     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4076       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4077         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4078           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
4079           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
4080       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4081         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
4082              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4083           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
4084           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
4085       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
4086         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
4087              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4088           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
4089           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
4090       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4091         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
4092              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4093           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
4094           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
4095 
4096       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
4097     }
4098 
4099     // C++ [class.union]p2:
4100     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
4101     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
4102     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
4103     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
4104       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
4105         // C++ [class.union]p3:
4106         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
4107         //   members (clause 11).
4108         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
4109         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
4110           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
4111             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
4112           Invalid = true;
4113         }
4114 
4115         // C++ [class.union]p1
4116         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
4117         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
4118         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
4119         //   array of such objects.
4120         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
4121           Invalid = true;
4122       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
4123         // Any implicit members are fine.
4124       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
4125         // This is a type that showed up in an
4126         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
4127         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
4128         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
4129       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
4130         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
4131             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
4132           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4133           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
4134             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4135               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4136           else {
4137             // This is a nested type declaration.
4138             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4139               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4140             Invalid = true;
4141           }
4142         } else {
4143           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
4144           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
4145           // not part of standard C++.
4146           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
4147                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
4148             << (int)Record->isUnion();
4149         }
4150       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
4151         // Any access specifier is fine.
4152       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
4153         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
4154       } else {
4155         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
4156         // member. Complain about it.
4157         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
4158         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
4159           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
4160         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
4161           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
4162         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
4163           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
4164 
4165         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4166         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
4167             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4168           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4169             << (int)Record->isUnion();
4170         else {
4171           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK)
4172               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4173           Invalid = true;
4174         }
4175       }
4176     }
4177 
4178     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
4179     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
4180     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
4181     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
4182         Owner->isRecord())
4183       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
4184                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
4185   }
4186 
4187   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
4188     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
4189       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
4190     Invalid = true;
4191   }
4192 
4193   // Mock up a declarator.
4194   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
4195   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4196   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
4197 
4198   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
4199   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
4200   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4201     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
4202                              DS.getLocStart(),
4203                              Record->getLocation(),
4204                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4205                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4206                              TInfo,
4207                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4208                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4209     Anon->setAccess(AS);
4210     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4211       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
4212   } else {
4213     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4214     StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
4215     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4216       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4217       // an error here
4218       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4219       Invalid = true;
4220       SC = SC_None;
4221     }
4222 
4223     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
4224                            DS.getLocStart(),
4225                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4226                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4227                            TInfo, SC);
4228 
4229     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
4230     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
4231     // initializer:
4232     //   union { int n = 0; };
4233     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
4234   }
4235   Anon->setImplicit();
4236 
4237   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
4238   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
4239 
4240   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
4241   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
4242   // its members.
4243   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
4244 
4245   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
4246   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4247   // purposes.
4248   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4249   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4250 
4251   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
4252                                           Chain, false))
4253     Invalid = true;
4254 
4255   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
4256     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4257       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4258       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
4259               NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
4260         Context.setManglingNumber(
4261             NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
4262                        NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
4263         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
4264       }
4265     }
4266   }
4267 
4268   if (Invalid)
4269     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4270 
4271   return Anon;
4272 }
4273 
4274 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
4275 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
4276 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
4277 /// Example:
4278 ///
4279 /// struct A { int a; };
4280 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
4281 ///
4282 /// void foo() {
4283 ///   B var;
4284 ///   var.a = 3;
4285 /// }
4286 ///
4287 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4288                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
4289   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
4290 
4291   // Mock up a declarator.
4292   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
4293   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4294   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
4295 
4296   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
4297   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
4298 
4299   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
4300   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
4301                              ParentDecl,
4302                              DS.getLocStart(),
4303                              DS.getLocStart(),
4304                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4305                              RecTy,
4306                              TInfo,
4307                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4308                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4309   Anon->setImplicit();
4310 
4311   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
4312   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
4313 
4314   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
4315   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4316   // purposes.
4317   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4318   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4319 
4320   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
4321   if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
4322                           diag::err_field_incomplete) ||
4323       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
4324                                           AS_none, Chain, true)) {
4325     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4326     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4327   }
4328 
4329   return Anon;
4330 }
4331 
4332 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
4333 /// given Declarator.
4334 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
4335   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
4336 }
4337 
4338 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
4339 DeclarationNameInfo
4340 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4341   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
4342   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4343 
4344   switch (Name.getKind()) {
4345 
4346   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
4347   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
4348     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
4349     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4350     return NameInfo;
4351 
4352   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
4353     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
4354                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
4355     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4356     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
4357       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
4358     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
4359       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
4360     return NameInfo;
4361 
4362   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
4363     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
4364                                                            Name.Identifier));
4365     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4366     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
4367     return NameInfo;
4368 
4369   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
4370     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4371     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
4372     if (Ty.isNull())
4373       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4374     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
4375                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4376     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4377     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4378     return NameInfo;
4379   }
4380 
4381   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
4382     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4383     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
4384     if (Ty.isNull())
4385       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4386     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4387                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4388     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4389     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4390     return NameInfo;
4391   }
4392 
4393   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
4394     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
4395     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
4396     // to find the actual type being constructed.
4397     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
4398     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4399       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4400 
4401     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4402     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4403 
4404     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4405     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4406     // was qualified.
4407 
4408     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4409                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4410     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4411     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4412     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4413     return NameInfo;
4414   }
4415 
4416   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4417     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4418     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
4419     if (Ty.isNull())
4420       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4421     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4422                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4423     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4424     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4425     return NameInfo;
4426   }
4427 
4428   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4429     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4430     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4431     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4432   }
4433 
4434   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4435 
4436   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4437 }
4438 
4439 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4440   do {
4441     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4442       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4443     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4444       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4445     else
4446       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4447   } while (true);
4448 }
4449 
4450 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4451 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4452 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4453 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4454 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4455 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4456 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4457 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4458                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4459                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4460                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4461   Params.clear();
4462   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4463     return false;
4464   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4465     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4466     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4467 
4468     // The parameter types are identical
4469     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4470       continue;
4471 
4472     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4473     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4474     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4475     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4476 
4477     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4478         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4479       Params.push_back(Idx);
4480     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4481       return false;
4482   }
4483 
4484   return true;
4485 }
4486 
4487 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4488 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4489 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4490 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4491 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4492 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4493                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4494   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4495   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4496   //   - types which will become injected class names
4497   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4498   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4499   // few cases here.
4500 
4501   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4502   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4503   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4504   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4505   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4506   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4507     // Grab the type from the parser.
4508     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4509     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4510     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4511 
4512     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4513     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4514     // attached already.
4515     if (!TSI)
4516       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4517 
4518     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4519     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4520     if (!TSI) return true;
4521 
4522     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4523     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4524     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4525     break;
4526   }
4527 
4528   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4529   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4530     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4531     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4532     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4533     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4534     break;
4535   }
4536 
4537   default:
4538     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4539     break;
4540   }
4541 
4542   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4543   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4544     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4545 
4546     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4547     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4548     // pointer.
4549     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4550       continue;
4551 
4552     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4553     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4554     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4555       return true;
4556   }
4557 
4558   return false;
4559 }
4560 
4561 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4562   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4563   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4564 
4565   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4566       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4567     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4568 
4569   return Dcl;
4570 }
4571 
4572 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4573 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4574 ///   name different from T:
4575 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4576 ///     - every member function of class T
4577 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4578 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4579 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4580                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4581   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4582 
4583   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4584     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4585       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4586       return true;
4587     }
4588 
4589   return false;
4590 }
4591 
4592 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4593 /// nested-name-specifier.
4594 ///
4595 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4596 ///
4597 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4598 /// resolves.
4599 ///
4600 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4601 ///
4602 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4603 ///
4604 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4605 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4606                                         DeclarationName Name,
4607                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4608   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4609   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4610     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4611 
4612   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4613   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4614   //
4615   // class X {
4616   //   void X::f();
4617   // };
4618   //
4619   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4620   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4621   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4622     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4623       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4624                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4625         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4626       SS.clear();
4627     } else {
4628       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4629     }
4630     return false;
4631   }
4632 
4633   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4634   // declaration.
4635   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4636     if (Cur->isRecord())
4637       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4638         << Name << SS.getRange();
4639     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4640       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4641         << Name << SS.getRange();
4642     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4643       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4644         << Name << SS.getRange();
4645     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4646       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4647         << Name << SS.getRange();
4648     else
4649       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4650       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4651 
4652     return true;
4653   }
4654 
4655   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4656     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4657     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4658       << Name << SS.getRange();
4659     SS.clear();
4660 
4661     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4662     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4663     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4664     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4665          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4666         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4667                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4668       return true;
4669 
4670     return false;
4671   }
4672 
4673   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4674   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4675   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4676   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4677   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4678     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4679   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4680         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4681     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4682       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4683 
4684   return false;
4685 }
4686 
4687 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4688                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4689   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4690   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4691   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4692 
4693   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4694   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4695   if (!Name) {
4696     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4697       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4698            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4699         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4700     return nullptr;
4701   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4702     return nullptr;
4703 
4704   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4705   // we find one that is.
4706   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4707          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4708     S = S->getParent();
4709 
4710   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4711   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4712     D.setInvalidType();
4713   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4714     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4715                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4716       return nullptr;
4717 
4718     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4719     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4720     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4721       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4722       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4723       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4724       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4725       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4726            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4727         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4728         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4729       return nullptr;
4730     }
4731     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4732 
4733     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4734         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4735       return nullptr;
4736 
4737     // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it.
4738     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4739       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4740            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4741         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4742       return nullptr;
4743     }
4744     if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4745       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4746                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4747         if (DC->isRecord())
4748           return nullptr;
4749 
4750         D.setInvalidType();
4751       }
4752     }
4753 
4754     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4755     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4756     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4757         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4758       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4759       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4760         D.setInvalidType();
4761     }
4762   }
4763 
4764   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4765   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4766 
4767   if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4768     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4769     // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the
4770     // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it.
4771     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4772       return nullptr;
4773 
4774   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4775                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4776     D.setInvalidType();
4777 
4778   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4779                         ForRedeclaration);
4780 
4781   // If we're hiding internal-linkage symbols in modules from redeclaration
4782   // lookup, let name lookup know.
4783   if ((getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) &&
4784       getLangOpts().ModulesHideInternalLinkage &&
4785       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4786     Previous.setAllowHiddenInternal(false);
4787 
4788   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4789   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4790     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4791     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4792 
4793     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4794     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4795     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4796     //
4797     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4798     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4799     // the same name.
4800     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4801       /* Do nothing*/;
4802     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4803              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4804               R->isFunctionType())) {
4805       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4806       CreateBuiltins =
4807           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4808     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4809                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4810       CreateBuiltins = true;
4811 
4812     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4813       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4814 
4815     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4816   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4817     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4818 
4819     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4820     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4821     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4822     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4823     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4824     //  thereof; [...]
4825     //
4826     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4827     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4828     // we want to match. For example, given:
4829     //
4830     //   class X {
4831     //     void f();
4832     //     void f(float);
4833     //   };
4834     //
4835     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4836     //
4837     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4838     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4839     // matches.
4840 
4841     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4842     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4843     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4844     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4845     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4846   }
4847 
4848   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4849       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4850     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4851     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4852       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4853                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4854 
4855     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4856     Previous.clear();
4857   }
4858 
4859   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4860   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4861   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4862   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4863   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4864       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4865     Previous.clear();
4866 
4867   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4868   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4869   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4870     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4871 
4872   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) {
4873     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
4874     // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable
4875     // template, declared in namespace scope
4876     if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4877       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
4878            diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
4879       return nullptr;
4880     }
4881 
4882     if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
4883       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4884            diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope);
4885       return nullptr;
4886     }
4887   }
4888 
4889   NamedDecl *New;
4890 
4891   bool AddToScope = true;
4892   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4893     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4894       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4895       return nullptr;
4896     }
4897 
4898     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4899   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4900     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4901                                   TemplateParamLists,
4902                                   AddToScope);
4903   } else {
4904     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4905                                   AddToScope);
4906   }
4907 
4908   if (!New)
4909     return nullptr;
4910 
4911   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4912   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4913   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4914        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4915     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4916     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4917     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4918     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4919     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4920     if (!AddToContext)
4921       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4922   }
4923 
4924   return New;
4925 }
4926 
4927 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4928 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4929 /// GCC compatibility).
4930 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4931                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4932                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4933                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4934   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4935   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4936   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4937   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4938   SizeIsNegative = false;
4939   Oversized = 0;
4940 
4941   if (T->isDependentType())
4942     return QualType();
4943 
4944   QualifierCollector Qs;
4945   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4946 
4947   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4948     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4949     QualType FixedType =
4950         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4951                                             Oversized);
4952     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4953     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4954     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4955   }
4956   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4957     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4958     QualType FixedType =
4959         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4960                                             Oversized);
4961     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4962     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4963     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4964   }
4965 
4966   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4967   if (!VLATy)
4968     return QualType();
4969   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4970   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4971     return QualType();
4972 
4973   llvm::APSInt Res;
4974   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4975       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4976     return QualType();
4977 
4978   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4979   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4980     SizeIsNegative = true;
4981     return QualType();
4982   }
4983 
4984   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4985   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4986     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4987                                               Res);
4988   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4989     Oversized = Res;
4990     return QualType();
4991   }
4992 
4993   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4994                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4995 }
4996 
4997 static void
4998 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4999   SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5000   DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5001   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
5002     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
5003     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
5004                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
5005     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
5006     return;
5007   }
5008   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
5009     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
5010     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
5011                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
5012     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
5013     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
5014     return;
5015   }
5016   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5017   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5018   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
5019   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
5020   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
5021   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
5022   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
5023   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
5024 }
5025 
5026 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5027 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5028 /// GCC compatibility).
5029 static TypeSourceInfo*
5030 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5031                                               ASTContext &Context,
5032                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
5033                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5034   QualType FixedTy
5035     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
5036                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5037   if (FixedTy.isNull())
5038     return nullptr;
5039   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
5040   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
5041                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
5042   return FixedTInfo;
5043 }
5044 
5045 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
5046 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
5047 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
5048 /// function-scope declarations.
5049 void
5050 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
5051   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5052       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5053     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
5054     return;
5055 
5056   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
5057   Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND);
5058 }
5059 
5060 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
5061   // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)).
5062   auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name);
5063   return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin();
5064 }
5065 
5066 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
5067 /// does not identify a function.
5068 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
5069   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
5070   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
5071   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
5072     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
5073          diag::err_inline_non_function);
5074 
5075   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
5076     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5077          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
5078 
5079   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
5080     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5081          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
5082 
5083   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
5084     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
5085          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
5086 }
5087 
5088 NamedDecl*
5089 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
5090                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
5091   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5092   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5093     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
5094       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5095     D.setInvalidType();
5096     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
5097     DC = CurContext;
5098     Previous.clear();
5099   }
5100 
5101   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5102 
5103   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5104     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
5105       << 1;
5106 
5107   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
5108     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
5109       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
5110     return nullptr;
5111   }
5112 
5113   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
5114   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
5115 
5116   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5117   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
5118 
5119   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
5120 
5121   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
5122   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
5123   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
5124   return ND;
5125 }
5126 
5127 void
5128 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
5129   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
5130   // then it shall have block scope.
5131   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
5132   // that redeclarations will match.
5133   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5134   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5135   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5136     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5137 
5138     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5139       bool SizeIsNegative;
5140       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5141       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5142         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5143                                                       SizeIsNegative,
5144                                                       Oversized);
5145       if (FixedTInfo) {
5146         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5147         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5148       } else {
5149         if (SizeIsNegative)
5150           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
5151         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
5152           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
5153         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
5154           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
5155             << Oversized.toString(10);
5156         else
5157           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5158         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
5159       }
5160     }
5161   }
5162 }
5163 
5164 
5165 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
5166 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
5167 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
5168 NamedDecl*
5169 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
5170                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
5171   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
5172   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
5173   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
5174                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
5175   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous);
5176   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5177     Redeclaration = true;
5178     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
5179   }
5180 
5181   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
5182   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
5183     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5184         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5185       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
5186         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
5187       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
5188         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5189       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
5190         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5191       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
5192         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
5193     }
5194 
5195   return NewTD;
5196 }
5197 
5198 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
5199 /// previous declaration.
5200 ///
5201 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
5202 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
5203 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
5204 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
5205 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
5206 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
5207 ///
5208 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
5209 /// lookup
5210 ///
5211 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
5212 /// declared.
5213 ///
5214 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
5215 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
5216 static bool
5217 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
5218                                 ASTContext &Context) {
5219   if (!PrevDecl)
5220     return false;
5221 
5222   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
5223     return false;
5224 
5225   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5226     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
5227     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
5228     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
5229     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
5230     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
5231     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
5232     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
5233     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
5234       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
5235       return false;
5236 
5237     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
5238     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
5239       // We found a member function: ignore it.
5240       return false;
5241 
5242     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
5243     // previous declarations.
5244     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5245     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5246 
5247     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
5248     // isn't the same function.
5249     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
5250       return false;
5251   }
5252 
5253   return true;
5254 }
5255 
5256 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
5257   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5258   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
5259   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
5260 }
5261 
5262 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
5263   QualType type = decl->getType();
5264   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
5265   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
5266     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
5267     unsigned kind = -1U;
5268     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5269       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5270         kind = 0; // __block
5271       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
5272         kind = 1; // global
5273     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
5274       kind = 3; // ivar
5275     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
5276       kind = 2; // field
5277     }
5278 
5279     if (kind != -1U) {
5280       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
5281         << kind;
5282     }
5283   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
5284     // Try to infer lifetime.
5285     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
5286       return false;
5287 
5288     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
5289     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
5290     decl->setType(type);
5291   }
5292 
5293   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5294     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
5295     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
5296         var->getTLSKind()) {
5297       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
5298         << var->getType();
5299       return true;
5300     }
5301   }
5302 
5303   return false;
5304 }
5305 
5306 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
5307   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
5308   // the wrong linkage.
5309   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
5310 
5311   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
5312   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
5313     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5314       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
5315       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
5316     }
5317   }
5318   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
5319     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5320       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
5321       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
5322       ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5323     }
5324   }
5325 
5326   if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) {
5327     if (VD->hasInit()) {
5328       if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
5329         assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
5330                !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!");
5331         S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD;
5332         VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5333       }
5334     }
5335   }
5336 
5337   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations.
5338   // It does not apply to functions.
5339   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
5340     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5341       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(),
5342              diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
5343       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
5344     }
5345   }
5346 
5347   // dll attributes require external linkage.
5348   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
5349     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5350       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5351         << &ND << Attr;
5352       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5353     }
5354   }
5355 }
5356 
5357 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
5358                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
5359                                            bool IsSpecialization) {
5360   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
5361     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5362   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
5363     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5364 
5365   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
5366     return;
5367 
5368   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5369   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5370   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5371   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5372 
5373   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
5374   // inherited attribute instances.
5375   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
5376                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
5377 
5378   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
5379   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
5380   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
5381   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
5382   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
5383 
5384   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
5385     // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables.
5386     bool JustWarn = false;
5387     if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) {
5388       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
5389       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
5390         JustWarn = true;
5391       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
5392       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
5393         JustWarn = true;
5394     }
5395 
5396     // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already
5397     // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo
5398     // address equality) as they can use the thunk.
5399     if (OldDecl->isUsed())
5400       if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr)
5401         JustWarn = false;
5402 
5403     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
5404                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
5405     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
5406         << NewDecl
5407         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
5408     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5409     if (!JustWarn) {
5410       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5411       return;
5412     }
5413   }
5414 
5415   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
5416   // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations,
5417   // and qualified friend declarations.
5418   // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport.
5419   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
5420   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl))
5421     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
5422     // separately.
5423     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
5424   else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5425     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
5426     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
5427                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
5428   }
5429 
5430   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember &&
5431       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
5432     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5433            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
5434       << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5435     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5436     S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
5437     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5438     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5439   } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr &&
5440              !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
5441     // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute.
5442     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5443     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5444     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5445            diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function)
5446         << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5447   }
5448 }
5449 
5450 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
5451 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
5452 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
5453 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
5454   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
5455 
5456   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
5457   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
5458 
5459   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
5460   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
5461     return false;
5462 
5463   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
5464 
5465 #ifndef NDEBUG
5466   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
5467   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
5468   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
5469   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
5470   FD->setLazyBody(1);
5471 #endif
5472 
5473   bool isC99Inline =
5474       S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
5475 
5476 #ifndef NDEBUG
5477   FD->setLazyBody(0);
5478 #endif
5479 
5480   return isC99Inline;
5481 }
5482 
5483 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
5484 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
5485 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
5486 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
5487 ///
5488 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
5489 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
5490 ///
5491 /// For instance:
5492 ///
5493 ///   auto x = []{};
5494 ///
5495 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
5496 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
5497 ///
5498 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
5499 template<typename T>
5500 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
5501   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5502     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
5503     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
5504       return false;
5505   }
5506   return D->isExternC();
5507 }
5508 
5509 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
5510   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5511   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5512     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
5513   if (DC->isFileContext())
5514     return true;
5515   if (DC->isRecord())
5516     return false;
5517   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5518 }
5519 
5520 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5521   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5522   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5523     return true;
5524   if (DC->isRecord())
5525     return false;
5526   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5527 }
5528 
5529 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
5530                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5531   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
5532     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
5533       return true;
5534   return false;
5535 }
5536 
5537 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5538                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5539   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5540   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5541     return true;
5542 
5543   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5544   // position to the decl itself.
5545   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5546     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5547       return true;
5548   }
5549 
5550   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5551   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5552 }
5553 
5554 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5555 /// function-local external declaration.
5556 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5557   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5558     return false;
5559 
5560   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5561   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5562   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5563   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5564     return true;
5565 
5566   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5567   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5568   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5569   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5570   //
5571   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5572   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5573   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5574     DC = DC->getParent();
5575   return true;
5576 }
5577 
5578 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage.
5579 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) {
5580   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
5581     return FD->isExternC();
5582   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
5583     return VD->isExternC();
5584 
5585   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!");
5586 }
5587 
5588 NamedDecl *
5589 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5590                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5591                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5592                               bool &AddToScope) {
5593   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5594   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5595 
5596   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5597   StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5598 
5599   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5600   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5601   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5602       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
5603       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
5604     SC = SC_Extern;
5605 
5606   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5607   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5608                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5609 
5610   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5611     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5612     QualType NR = R;
5613     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5614       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5615         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5616         D.setInvalidType();
5617         break;
5618       }
5619       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5620     }
5621 
5622     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5623       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5624       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5625       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5626         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5627         D.setInvalidType();
5628       }
5629     }
5630   }
5631 
5632   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5633     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5634     // an error here
5635     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5636     D.setInvalidType();
5637     SC = SC_None;
5638   }
5639 
5640   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5641       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5642                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5643     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5644     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5645     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5646     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5647          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5648       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5649   }
5650 
5651   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5652   if (!II) {
5653     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5654       << Name;
5655     return nullptr;
5656   }
5657 
5658   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5659 
5660   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5661     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5662     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5663     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
5664     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
5665       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5666       D.setInvalidType();
5667     }
5668   }
5669 
5670   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5671     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5672     // OpenCL __local address space.
5673     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5674       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5675     }
5676 
5677     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5678     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5679     // space qualifiers.
5680     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5681       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5682       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5683     }
5684 
5685     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5686     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5687     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5688     // address space qualifiers.
5689     if (R->isEventT()) {
5690       if (S->getParent() == nullptr) {
5691         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5692         D.setInvalidType();
5693       }
5694 
5695       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5696         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5697         D.setInvalidType();
5698       }
5699     }
5700   }
5701 
5702   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5703   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5704   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5705   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5706   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
5707   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
5708   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
5709   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5710     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5711                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5712                             R, TInfo, SC);
5713 
5714     if (D.isInvalidType())
5715       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5716   } else {
5717     bool Invalid = false;
5718 
5719     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5720       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5721       switch (SC) {
5722       case SC_None:
5723         break;
5724       case SC_Static:
5725         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5726              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5727           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5728         break;
5729       case SC_Auto:
5730       case SC_Register:
5731       case SC_Extern:
5732         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5733         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5734         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5735         // of class members
5736 
5737         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5738              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5739           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5740         break;
5741       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5742         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5743       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5744         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5745       }
5746     }
5747 
5748     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5749       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5750         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5751           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5752                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5753             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5754 
5755         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5756         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5757         if (RD->isUnion())
5758           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5759                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5760                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5761                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5762         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5763         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5764           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5765                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5766             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5767       }
5768     }
5769 
5770     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5771     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5772     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5773         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5774         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5775         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
5776             ? D.getName().TemplateId
5777             : nullptr,
5778         TemplateParamLists,
5779         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5780 
5781     if (TemplateParams) {
5782       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5783           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5784         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5785         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5786         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5787              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5788           << II
5789           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5790                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5791         TemplateParams = nullptr;
5792       } else {
5793         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5794           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5795           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5796           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5797           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5798         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5799           // This is a template declaration.
5800           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5801 
5802           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5803           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5804             return nullptr;
5805 
5806           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5807           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5808                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
5809                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5810                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
5811         }
5812       }
5813     } else {
5814       assert(
5815           (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) &&
5816           "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
5817     }
5818 
5819     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5820       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5821           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5822               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5823               : SourceLocation();
5824       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5825           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5826           IsPartialSpecialization);
5827       if (Res.isInvalid())
5828         return nullptr;
5829       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5830       AddToScope = false;
5831     } else
5832       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5833                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5834 
5835     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5836     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5837       NewTemplate =
5838           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5839                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5840       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5841     }
5842 
5843     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5844     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5845     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5846       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5847 
5848     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5849       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5850       if (NewTemplate)
5851         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5852     }
5853 
5854     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5855 
5856     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5857     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5858     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5859     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5860       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5861           Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists));
5862 
5863     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5864       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5865 
5866     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified())
5867       NewVD->setConcept(true);
5868   }
5869 
5870   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5871   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5872   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5873   if (NewTemplate)
5874     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5875 
5876   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5877     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5878 
5879   bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false;
5880   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5881     // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5882     //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5883     //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5884     //   explicitly.
5885     // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5886     //   'extern'.
5887     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
5888         (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
5889          TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local ||
5890          !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()))
5891       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5892            diag::err_thread_non_global)
5893         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5894     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) {
5895       if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5896         // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to
5897         // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the
5898         // error should be ignored.
5899         EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true;
5900         // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with
5901         // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going
5902         // to emit any code for it.
5903         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5904       } else
5905         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5906              diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5907     } else
5908       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5909   }
5910 
5911   // C99 6.7.4p3
5912   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5913   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5914   //   thread storage duration...
5915   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5916   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5917   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5918   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5919   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5920   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5921       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5922     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5923     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5924       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5925            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5926       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5927     }
5928   }
5929 
5930   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5931     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5932       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5933           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5934           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5935                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5936     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5937       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5938         << 2
5939         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5940     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5941       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5942         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5943         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5944         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5945     else {
5946       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5947       if (NewTemplate)
5948         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5949     }
5950   }
5951 
5952   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5953   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5954 
5955   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5956     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD))
5957       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5958            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5959     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5960     // storage [duration]."
5961     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5962         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5963          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5964       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5965     }
5966   }
5967 
5968   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
5969   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
5970   // check the VarDecl itself.
5971   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
5972          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
5973          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
5974 
5975   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5976   // retainable type.
5977   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5978     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5979 
5980   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5981   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5982     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5983     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5984     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5985     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
5986       switch (SC) {
5987       case SC_None:
5988       case SC_Auto:
5989         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5990         break;
5991       case SC_Register:
5992         // Local Named register
5993         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5994           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5995         break;
5996       case SC_Static:
5997       case SC_Extern:
5998       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5999       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
6000         break;
6001       }
6002     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
6003       // Global Named register
6004       if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
6005         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
6006       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
6007         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
6008         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6009       }
6010     }
6011 
6012     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
6013                                                 Context, Label, 0));
6014   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6015     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6016       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
6017     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6018       if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) {
6019         NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
6020         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6021       } else
6022         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
6023             << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD;
6024     }
6025   }
6026 
6027   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
6028   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
6029     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
6030 
6031   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
6032   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
6033   // declaration has linkage).
6034   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
6035                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
6036                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
6037                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
6038 
6039   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
6040   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
6041   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6042       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
6043     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
6044         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
6045         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
6046 
6047   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6048     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6049   } else {
6050     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
6051     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6052         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
6053       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6054 
6055     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
6056     if (!Previous.empty()) {
6057       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
6058           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
6059           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6060         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
6061         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6062         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
6063           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6064         Previous.clear();
6065         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6066       }
6067     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6068       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
6069       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
6070         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
6071         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6072       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6073     }
6074 
6075     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
6076       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6077 
6078     if (NewTemplate) {
6079       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
6080           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
6081               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
6082               : nullptr;
6083 
6084       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
6085       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
6086       // template declaration.
6087       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
6088               TemplateParams,
6089               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
6090                               : nullptr,
6091               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
6092                DC->isDependentContext())
6093                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
6094                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
6095         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6096 
6097       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
6098       // template, make a note of that.
6099       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
6100           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
6101         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
6102     }
6103   }
6104 
6105   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
6106 
6107   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
6108   // the map of such variables.
6109   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6110       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
6111     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
6112 
6113   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6114     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
6115     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
6116             NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
6117       Context.setManglingNumber(
6118           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
6119                      NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
6120       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
6121     }
6122   }
6123 
6124   // Special handling of variable named 'main'.
6125   if (Name.isIdentifier() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") &&
6126       NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
6127       !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
6128 
6129     // C++ [basic.start.main]p3
6130     // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed.
6131     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6132       Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable);
6133 
6134     // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined
6135     // behavior.
6136     else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage())
6137       Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined);
6138   }
6139 
6140   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
6141     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
6142         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
6143         IsExplicitSpecialization);
6144   }
6145 
6146   if (NewTemplate) {
6147     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6148       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6149     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
6150     return NewTemplate;
6151   }
6152 
6153   return NewVD;
6154 }
6155 
6156 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
6157 /// -Wshadow.
6158 ///
6159 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
6160 /// scope.
6161 ///
6162 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
6163 /// \param R the lookup of the name
6164 ///
6165 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
6166   // Return if warning is ignored.
6167   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()))
6168     return;
6169 
6170   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
6171   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
6172     return;
6173 
6174   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
6175 
6176   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
6177   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
6178     return;
6179 
6180   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
6181   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6182     return;
6183 
6184   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
6185   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6186     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
6187       if (MD->isStatic())
6188         return;
6189 
6190   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6191     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
6192       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
6193       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
6194       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
6195         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
6196           ShadowedDecl = I;
6197           break;
6198         }
6199     }
6200 
6201   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
6202 
6203   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
6204   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
6205     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
6206     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
6207       return;
6208 
6209     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
6210     // static data members from base classes?
6211 
6212     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
6213     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
6214     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
6215   }
6216 
6217   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
6218   unsigned Kind;
6219   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
6220     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6221       Kind = 3; // field
6222     else
6223       Kind = 2; // static data member
6224   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
6225     Kind = 1; // global
6226   else
6227     Kind = 0; // local
6228 
6229   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
6230 
6231   // Emit warning and note.
6232   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
6233     return;
6234   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
6235   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6236 }
6237 
6238 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
6239 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
6240   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
6241     return;
6242 
6243   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
6244                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6245   LookupName(R, S);
6246   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
6247 }
6248 
6249 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
6250 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
6251 template<typename T>
6252 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
6253     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
6254   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
6255   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
6256 
6257   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6258     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
6259     // declaration.
6260     return false;
6261   }
6262 
6263   if (Prev) {
6264     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6265       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
6266       // redeclaration.
6267       Previous.clear();
6268       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6269       return true;
6270     }
6271 
6272     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
6273     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
6274     // declaration.
6275     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
6276       return false;
6277   } else {
6278     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
6279     // translation unit which might conflict.
6280     if (IsGlobal) {
6281       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
6282       IsGlobal = false;
6283       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6284            I != E; ++I) {
6285         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6286           Prev = *I;
6287           break;
6288         }
6289       }
6290     } else {
6291       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
6292           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
6293       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
6294            I != E; ++I) {
6295         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6296           Prev = *I;
6297           break;
6298         }
6299         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
6300         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
6301         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
6302         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
6303         // diagnostic.
6304       }
6305     }
6306 
6307     if (!Prev)
6308       return false;
6309   }
6310 
6311   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
6312   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
6313   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
6314   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
6315     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
6316   else
6317     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
6318 
6319   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
6320     << IsGlobal << ND;
6321   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
6322     << IsGlobal;
6323   return false;
6324 }
6325 
6326 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
6327 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
6328 ///
6329 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
6330 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
6331 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
6332 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
6333 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
6334 template<typename T>
6335 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
6336                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
6337   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6338     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
6339     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
6340     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
6341     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6342       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
6343         Previous.clear();
6344         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6345         return true;
6346       }
6347     }
6348     return false;
6349   }
6350 
6351   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
6352   // declaration.
6353   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6354     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
6355 
6356   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
6357   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
6358   // in another scope.
6359   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
6360     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
6361 
6362   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
6363   return false;
6364 }
6365 
6366 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
6367   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6368   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6369     return;
6370 
6371   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6372   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6373 
6374   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
6375   if (T->isUndeducedType())
6376     return;
6377 
6378   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
6379     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
6380 
6381   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6382     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
6383       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
6384     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6385     NewVD->setType(T);
6386   }
6387 
6388   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
6389   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
6390   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
6391   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
6392   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6393     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
6394     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6395     return;
6396   }
6397 
6398   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
6399   // __constant address space.
6400   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
6401       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
6402       && !T->isSamplerT()){
6403     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
6404     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6405     return;
6406   }
6407 
6408   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
6409   // scope.
6410   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
6411       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6412     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
6413     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6414     return;
6415   }
6416 
6417   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
6418       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6419     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
6420       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
6421     else {
6422       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
6423       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
6424     }
6425   }
6426 
6427   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
6428   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
6429       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6430     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6431 
6432   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
6433       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
6434     bool SizeIsNegative;
6435     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6436     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6437       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6438                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6439     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
6440       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
6441       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
6442       // int a[10][n];
6443       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
6444 
6445       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6446         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
6447         << SizeRange;
6448       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
6449         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
6450         << SizeRange;
6451       else
6452         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
6453         << SizeRange;
6454       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6455       return;
6456     }
6457 
6458     if (!FixedTInfo) {
6459       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6460         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6461       else
6462         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
6463       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6464       return;
6465     }
6466 
6467     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
6468     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
6469     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6470   }
6471 
6472   if (T->isVoidType()) {
6473     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
6474     //                    of objects and functions.
6475     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6476       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
6477         << T;
6478       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6479       return;
6480     }
6481   }
6482 
6483   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6484     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
6485     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6486     return;
6487   }
6488 
6489   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6490     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
6491     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6492     return;
6493   }
6494 
6495   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
6496       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
6497                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
6498     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6499     return;
6500   }
6501 }
6502 
6503 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
6504 /// declaration.
6505 ///
6506 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
6507 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
6508 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
6509 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
6510 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
6511 ///
6512 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
6513 ///
6514 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
6515 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
6516   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
6517 
6518   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6519   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6520     return false;
6521 
6522   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
6523   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
6524   if (Previous.empty() &&
6525       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
6526     Previous.setShadowed();
6527 
6528   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6529     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
6530     return true;
6531   }
6532   return false;
6533 }
6534 
6535 namespace {
6536 struct FindOverriddenMethod {
6537   Sema *S;
6538   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
6539 
6540   /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
6541   /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
6542   /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
6543   bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
6544     RecordDecl *BaseRecord =
6545         Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6546 
6547     DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName();
6548 
6549     // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
6550     if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6551       // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
6552       QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
6553       CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
6554 
6555       Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
6556     }
6557 
6558     for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty();
6559          Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
6560       NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
6561       if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6562         if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false))
6563           return true;
6564       }
6565     }
6566 
6567     return false;
6568   }
6569 };
6570 
6571 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
6572 } // end anonymous namespace
6573 
6574 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
6575 /// overriden methods.
6576 ///
6577 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
6578 /// \param MD the overriding method.
6579 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
6580 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
6581                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
6582   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
6583   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
6584                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
6585        I != E; ++I) {
6586     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
6587     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
6588     // out the diag loop 3 times.
6589     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
6590         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
6591         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
6592       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6593   }
6594 }
6595 
6596 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
6597 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
6598 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6599   // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override.
6600   CXXBasePaths Paths;
6601   FindOverriddenMethod FOM;
6602   FOM.Method = MD;
6603   FOM.S = this;
6604   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6605   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6606   bool AddedAny = false;
6607   if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) {
6608     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
6609       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
6610         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
6611         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
6612             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
6613             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
6614             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
6615           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
6616           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
6617           AddedAny = true;
6618         }
6619       }
6620     }
6621   }
6622 
6623   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
6624     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
6625   }
6626   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
6627     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
6628   }
6629 
6630   return AddedAny;
6631 }
6632 
6633 namespace {
6634   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
6635   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
6636   struct ActOnFDArgs {
6637     Scope *S;
6638     Declarator &D;
6639     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
6640     bool AddToScope;
6641   };
6642 }
6643 
6644 namespace {
6645 
6646 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
6647 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
6648 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
6649  public:
6650   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
6651                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
6652       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
6653         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
6654 
6655   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
6656     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
6657       return false;
6658 
6659     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6660     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6661                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6662          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6663       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6664 
6665       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6666           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6667         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6668           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6669           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6670             return true;
6671         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6672           return true;
6673         }
6674       }
6675     }
6676 
6677     return false;
6678   }
6679 
6680  private:
6681   ASTContext &Context;
6682   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6683   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6684 };
6685 
6686 }
6687 
6688 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6689 ///
6690 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6691 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6692 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6693 /// the same name.
6694 ///
6695 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6696 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6697 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6698     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6699     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6700   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6701   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6702   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6703   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6704   TypoCorrection Correction;
6705   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6706   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6707                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6708   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6709                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6710                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6711                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6712 
6713   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6714   if (IsLocalFriend)
6715     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6716   else
6717     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6718   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6719          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6720   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6721   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6722     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6723          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6724       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6725       if (FD &&
6726           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6727         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6728         // involve a parameter
6729         unsigned ParamNum =
6730             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6731         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6732       }
6733     }
6734   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6735   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6736                   Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6737                   &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6738                   llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(
6739                       SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr),
6740                   Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
6741     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6742     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6743                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6744     Previous.clear();
6745     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6746     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6747                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6748          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6749       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6750       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6751           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6752         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6753       }
6754     }
6755     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6756 
6757     NamedDecl *Result;
6758     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6759     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6760     {
6761       // Trap errors.
6762       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6763 
6764       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6765       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6766       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6767       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6768           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6769           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6770           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6771           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6772 
6773       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6774         Result = nullptr;
6775     }
6776 
6777     if (Result) {
6778       // Determine which correction we picked.
6779       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6780       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6781            I != E; ++I)
6782         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6783           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6784 
6785       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6786           Correction,
6787           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6788                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6789                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6790             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6791       return Result;
6792     }
6793 
6794     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6795     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6796                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6797     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6798     Previous.clear();
6799     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6800   }
6801 
6802   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6803       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6804 
6805   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6806   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6807     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6808 
6809   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6810        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6811        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6812     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6813     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6814     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6815     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6816 
6817     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6818     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6819       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6820       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6821       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6822       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6823                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6824         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6825         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6826     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6827       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6828           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6829     } else
6830       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6831                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6832                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6833   }
6834   return nullptr;
6835 }
6836 
6837 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) {
6838   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6839   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6840   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6841   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6842   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6843     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6844                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6845     D.setInvalidType();
6846     break;
6847   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6848   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6849     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6850       return SC_None;
6851     return SC_Extern;
6852   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6853     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6854       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6855       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6856       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6857       //   other than extern
6858       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6859       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6860                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6861       break;
6862     } else
6863       return SC_Static;
6864   }
6865   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6866   }
6867 
6868   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6869   return SC_None;
6870 }
6871 
6872 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6873                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6874                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6875                                            StorageClass SC,
6876                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6877   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6878   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6879 
6880   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
6881   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6882 
6883   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6884     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6885     // prototype. This true when:
6886     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6887     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6888     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6889     bool HasPrototype =
6890       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6891       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6892 
6893     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6894                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6895                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6896                                  HasPrototype, false);
6897     if (D.isInvalidType())
6898       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6899 
6900     return NewFD;
6901   }
6902 
6903   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6904   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6905 
6906   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6907   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6908   // the class has been completely parsed.
6909   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6910       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6911           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6912           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6913     D.setInvalidType();
6914 
6915   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6916     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6917     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6918            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6919 
6920     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6921     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6922                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6923                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6924                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6925                                       isConstexpr);
6926 
6927   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6928     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6929     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6930       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6931       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6932       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6933                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6934                                         D.getLocStart(),
6935                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6936                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6937 
6938       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6939       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6940       // it yet.
6941       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6942           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6943           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6944         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6945       }
6946 
6947       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6948       return NewDD;
6949 
6950     } else {
6951       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6952       D.setInvalidType();
6953 
6954       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6955       // code path.
6956       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6957                                   D.getLocStart(),
6958                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6959                                   SC, isInline,
6960                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6961     }
6962 
6963   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6964     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6965       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6966            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6967       return nullptr;
6968     }
6969 
6970     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6971     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6972     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6973                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6974                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6975                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6976 
6977   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6978     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6979     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6980     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6981     // constructor if it has no return type).
6982     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6983         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6984       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6985         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6986         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6987       return nullptr;
6988     }
6989 
6990     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6991     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6992                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6993                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6994                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6995                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6996     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6997     return Ret;
6998   } else {
6999     bool isFriend =
7000         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
7001     if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord())
7002       return nullptr;
7003 
7004     // Determine whether the function was written with a
7005     // prototype. This true when:
7006     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
7007     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7008                                 D.getLocStart(),
7009                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
7010                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
7011   }
7012 }
7013 
7014 enum OpenCLParamType {
7015   ValidKernelParam,
7016   PtrPtrKernelParam,
7017   PtrKernelParam,
7018   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
7019   InvalidKernelParam,
7020   RecordKernelParam
7021 };
7022 
7023 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
7024   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
7025     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
7026     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
7027       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
7028     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
7029                                               : PtrKernelParam;
7030   }
7031 
7032   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
7033   // be used as builtin types.
7034 
7035   if (PT->isImageType())
7036     return PtrKernelParam;
7037 
7038   if (PT->isBooleanType())
7039     return InvalidKernelParam;
7040 
7041   if (PT->isEventT())
7042     return InvalidKernelParam;
7043 
7044   if (PT->isHalfType())
7045     return InvalidKernelParam;
7046 
7047   if (PT->isRecordType())
7048     return RecordKernelParam;
7049 
7050   return ValidKernelParam;
7051 }
7052 
7053 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
7054   Sema &S,
7055   Declarator &D,
7056   ParmVarDecl *Param,
7057   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
7058   QualType PT = Param->getType();
7059 
7060   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
7061   // used again
7062   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
7063     return;
7064 
7065   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
7066   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
7067     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
7068     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
7069     // pointer to a pointer type.
7070     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
7071     D.setInvalidType();
7072     return;
7073 
7074   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
7075     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
7076     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
7077     // pointer to the private address space.
7078     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
7079     D.setInvalidType();
7080     return;
7081 
7082     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
7083     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
7084     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
7085     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
7086     // one of these built-in scalar types.
7087 
7088   case InvalidKernelParam:
7089     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
7090     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
7091     // of event_t type.
7092     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7093     D.setInvalidType();
7094     return;
7095 
7096   case PtrKernelParam:
7097   case ValidKernelParam:
7098     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
7099     return;
7100 
7101   case RecordKernelParam:
7102     break;
7103   }
7104 
7105   // Track nested structs we will inspect
7106   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
7107 
7108   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
7109   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
7110   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
7111   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
7112 
7113   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7114   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
7115 
7116   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
7117 
7118   do {
7119     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
7120     if (!Next) {
7121       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
7122       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
7123       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
7124         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
7125 
7126       continue;
7127     }
7128 
7129     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
7130     // field itself) to the history stack.
7131     const RecordDecl *RD;
7132     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
7133       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
7134       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7135     } else {
7136       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
7137     }
7138 
7139     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
7140     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
7141 
7142     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
7143       QualType QT = FD->getType();
7144 
7145       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
7146         continue;
7147 
7148       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
7149       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
7150         continue;
7151 
7152       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
7153         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
7154         continue;
7155       }
7156 
7157       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
7158       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
7159       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
7160       // union.
7161       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
7162           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
7163         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
7164                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
7165           << PT->isUnionType()
7166           << PT;
7167       } else {
7168         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7169       }
7170 
7171       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7172         << PD->getDeclName();
7173 
7174       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
7175       // the offending field came from
7176       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator
7177                I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
7178                E = HistoryStack.end();
7179            I != E; ++I) {
7180         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
7181         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7182           << OuterField->getType();
7183       }
7184 
7185       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
7186         << QT->isPointerType()
7187         << QT;
7188       D.setInvalidType();
7189       return;
7190     }
7191   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
7192 }
7193 
7194 NamedDecl*
7195 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
7196                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
7197                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
7198                               bool &AddToScope) {
7199   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
7200 
7201   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
7202 
7203   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
7204   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
7205   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
7206   StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
7207 
7208   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
7209     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7210          diag::err_invalid_thread)
7211       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
7212 
7213   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
7214     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
7215 
7216   bool isFriend = false;
7217   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
7218   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7219   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7220 
7221   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
7222   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7223   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
7224 
7225   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
7226 
7227   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
7228   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
7229 
7230   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
7231                                               isVirtualOkay);
7232   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
7233 
7234   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
7235     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
7236 
7237   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
7238   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
7239   // context will be different from the semantic context.
7240   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7241 
7242   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
7243     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
7244 
7245   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7246     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
7247     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
7248     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
7249     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
7250     bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified();
7251     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
7252     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7253       // C++ [class.friend]p5
7254       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
7255       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
7256       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7257     }
7258 
7259     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
7260     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
7261     // return true).
7262     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
7263           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
7264       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
7265         NewFD->setPure(true);
7266 
7267       // C++ [class.union]p2
7268       //   A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions.
7269       if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion())
7270         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union);
7271     }
7272 
7273     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
7274     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7275     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7276     if (D.isInvalidType())
7277       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7278 
7279     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
7280     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
7281     bool Invalid = false;
7282     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
7283             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
7284                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7285                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
7286                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
7287                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
7288                     : nullptr,
7289                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
7290                 Invalid)) {
7291       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
7292         // This is a function template
7293 
7294         // Check that we can declare a template here.
7295         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
7296           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7297 
7298         // A destructor cannot be a template.
7299         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7300           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
7301           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7302         }
7303 
7304         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
7305         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
7306         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
7307         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
7308           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
7309           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
7310             Invalid = true;
7311         }
7312 
7313 
7314         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
7315                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
7316                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
7317                                                         NewFD);
7318         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7319         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
7320 
7321         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
7322         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
7323           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7324                                                TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1));
7325         }
7326       } else {
7327         // This is a function template specialization.
7328         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7329         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7330         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7331           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
7332 
7333         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
7334         if (isFriend) {
7335           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
7336           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
7337 
7338           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
7339           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
7340           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
7341           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
7342           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
7343           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
7344           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7345             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
7346             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
7347           }
7348 
7349           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
7350             << Name << RemoveRange
7351             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
7352             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
7353         }
7354       }
7355     }
7356     else {
7357       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
7358       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
7359       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7360         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7361         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
7362     }
7363 
7364     if (Invalid) {
7365       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7366       if (FunctionTemplate)
7367         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7368     }
7369 
7370     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
7371     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
7372     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
7373     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
7374     //
7375     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7376       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
7377         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7378              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
7379       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7380         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
7381         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7382              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
7383           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7384       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7385         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
7386         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
7387         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7388              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
7389           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7390       } else {
7391         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
7392         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
7393       }
7394 
7395       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7396           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
7397         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
7398     }
7399 
7400     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7401         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
7402          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
7403         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
7404       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
7405       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
7406       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
7407       // thing to do.
7408       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
7409       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
7410       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7411           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7412       QualType Result =
7413           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
7414       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
7415                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
7416     }
7417 
7418     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
7419     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
7420     //  declaration.
7421     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7422       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7423         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
7424         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7425              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7426           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7427       }
7428     }
7429 
7430     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
7431     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
7432     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
7433     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
7434     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7435       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7436         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
7437         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7438              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
7439           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7440       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
7441                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7442         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
7443         // or conversion function.
7444         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7445              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
7446           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7447       }
7448     }
7449 
7450     if (isConstexpr) {
7451       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
7452       // are implicitly inline.
7453       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7454 
7455       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
7456       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
7457       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
7458       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
7459         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
7460     }
7461 
7462     if (isConcept) {
7463       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
7464       // applied only to the definition of a function template [...]
7465       if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7466         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
7467              diag::err_function_concept_not_defined);
7468         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7469       }
7470 
7471       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is
7472       // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline)
7473       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7474     }
7475 
7476     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
7477     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7478       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7479         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
7480           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
7481         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7482           << 0
7483           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
7484       } else {
7485         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
7486         if (FunctionTemplate)
7487           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
7488       }
7489     }
7490 
7491     if (isFriend) {
7492       if (FunctionTemplate) {
7493         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7494         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
7495       }
7496       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7497       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7498     }
7499 
7500     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
7501     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
7502     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
7503     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
7504       case FDK_Declaration:
7505       case FDK_Definition:
7506         break;
7507 
7508       case FDK_Defaulted:
7509         NewFD->setDefaulted();
7510         break;
7511 
7512       case FDK_Deleted:
7513         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
7514         break;
7515     }
7516 
7517     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
7518         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7519       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
7520       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
7521       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
7522       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7523     }
7524 
7525     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
7526         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
7527       // C++ [class.static]p1:
7528       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
7529       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
7530       //   the class.
7531 
7532       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
7533       // member function definition.
7534       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7535            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
7536         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7537     }
7538 
7539     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
7540     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
7541     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
7542     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7543     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
7544          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
7545         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
7546       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
7547           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
7548           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
7549   }
7550 
7551   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
7552   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
7553                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7554                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
7555                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7556 
7557   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7558   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
7559     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7560     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7561     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
7562                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
7563   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7564     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7565       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
7566     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7567       if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) {
7568         NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
7569         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7570       } else
7571         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
7572             << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD;
7573     }
7574   }
7575 
7576   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
7577   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
7578   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
7579   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
7580     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7581 
7582     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
7583     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
7584     // single void argument.
7585     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
7586     // already checks for that case.
7587     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
7588       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
7589         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
7590         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
7591         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
7592         Params.push_back(Param);
7593 
7594         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
7595           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7596       }
7597     }
7598 
7599   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7600     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
7601     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
7602     // parameters for use in the declaration.
7603     //
7604     // @code
7605     // typedef void fn(int);
7606     // fn f;
7607     // @endcode
7608 
7609     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
7610     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
7611       ParmVarDecl *Param =
7612           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
7613       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
7614       Params.push_back(Param);
7615     }
7616   } else {
7617     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
7618            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
7619   }
7620 
7621   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
7622   NewFD->setParams(Params);
7623 
7624   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
7625   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
7626   //
7627   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
7628   //
7629   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
7630   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
7631   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
7632 
7633   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
7634     NewFD->addAttr(
7635         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
7636                                        Context, 0));
7637 
7638   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
7639   // because all functions have linkage.
7640   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7641       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
7642     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
7643     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7644   }
7645 
7646   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active.
7647   if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7648       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
7649     NewFD->addAttr(
7650         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
7651                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7652                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
7653     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7654                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
7655                          ASTContext::PSF_Read,
7656                      NewFD))
7657       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
7658   }
7659 
7660   // Handle attributes.
7661   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
7662 
7663   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7664     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
7665     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
7666     unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace();
7667     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7668         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
7669         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
7670       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7671            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
7672       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7673     }
7674   }
7675 
7676   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7677     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7678     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7679     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7680       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7681 
7682     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7683       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7684 
7685     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7686       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7687                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7688     else if (!Previous.empty())
7689       // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
7690       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7691     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7692             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7693            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7694 
7695     // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that
7696     // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging
7697     // possibly prototyped redeclarations.
7698     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
7699     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7700       CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC();
7701       if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
7702         // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
7703         // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning.
7704         int DiagID =
7705             CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
7706         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
7707             << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
7708       }
7709     }
7710   } else {
7711     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7712     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7713     //
7714     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7715     //
7716     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7717     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7718     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7719         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7720         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7721       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7722            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7723         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7724 
7725     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7726     // argument list into our AST format.
7727     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7728       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7729       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7730       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7731       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7732                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7733       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7734                                  TemplateArgs);
7735 
7736       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7737 
7738       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7739         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7740       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7741         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7742         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7743           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7744 
7745         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7746       } else {
7747         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
7748                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
7749                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7750         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7751         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7752       }
7753     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7754       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7755       // wrote something like:
7756       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7757       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7758       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7759       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7760       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7761       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7762       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7763     }
7764 
7765     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7766     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7767     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7768     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7769     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7770     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7771         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7772          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7773             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7774             InstantiationDependent))) {
7775       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7776              "friend function specialization without template args");
7777       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7778                                                        Previous))
7779         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7780     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7781       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7782           && !isFriend) {
7783         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7784         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7785           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7786           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7787           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7788       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7789                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
7790                                                            : nullptr),
7791                                                      Previous))
7792         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7793 
7794       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7795       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7796       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7797       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7798           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7799       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7800         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7801           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7802                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7803             << SC
7804             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7805                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7806 
7807         else
7808           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7809                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7810             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7811                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7812       }
7813 
7814     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7815       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7816           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7817     }
7818 
7819     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7820     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7821       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7822         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7823 
7824       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7825         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7826 
7827       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7828         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7829                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7830       else if (!Previous.empty())
7831         // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
7832         D.setRedeclaration(true);
7833     }
7834 
7835     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7836             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7837            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7838 
7839     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7840                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7841                                 : NewFD);
7842 
7843     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7844       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7845       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7846         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7847 
7848       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7849       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7850     }
7851 
7852     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7853         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7854       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7855 
7856     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7857     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7858     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7859       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7860                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7861       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7862                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7863                                     : nullptr,
7864                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7865                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7866                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7867                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7868                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7869                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7870                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7871                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7872                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7873     }
7874 
7875     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7876       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7877     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7878       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7879                                        AddToScope };
7880       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7881       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7882         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7883 
7884       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7885       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7886         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7887         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7888 
7889         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7890         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7891         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7892         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7893         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7894         // can actually do this check immediately.
7895         if (isFriend &&
7896             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7897              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7898              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7899           // ignore these
7900         } else {
7901           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7902           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7903           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7904           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7905           //
7906           // class X {
7907           //   void f() const;
7908           // };
7909           //
7910           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7911           //
7912           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7913           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7914           // whether the parameter types are references).
7915 
7916           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7917                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
7918             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7919             return Result;
7920           }
7921         }
7922 
7923         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7924         // to something.
7925       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7926         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7927                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7928           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7929           return Result;
7930         }
7931       }
7932 
7933     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7934                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
7935                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7936                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7937       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7938       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
7939       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7940       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7941       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7942       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7943       // generate them.
7944       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7945         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7946     }
7947   }
7948 
7949   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7950   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7951 
7952   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7953 
7954   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7955       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7956     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7957          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7958       << NewFD;
7959 
7960     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7961     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7962     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7963         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7964     EPI.Variadic = true;
7965     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7966 
7967     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
7968     NewFD->setType(R);
7969   }
7970 
7971   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7972   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7973   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7974     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7975 
7976   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7977   // marking the function.
7978   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7979 
7980   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
7981   // a pragma.
7982   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
7983     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
7984 
7985   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7986   // the map of such variables.
7987   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7988       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7989     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7990 
7991   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7992   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7993 
7994   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7995     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
7996         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
7997         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7998   }
7999 
8000   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8001     if (FunctionTemplate) {
8002       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8003         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
8004       return FunctionTemplate;
8005     }
8006   }
8007 
8008   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
8009     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
8010     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
8011         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
8012       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
8013       D.setInvalidType();
8014     }
8015 
8016     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
8017     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
8018       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8019       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
8020           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
8021                                 : FixItHint());
8022       D.setInvalidType();
8023     }
8024 
8025     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
8026     for (auto Param : NewFD->params())
8027       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
8028   }
8029 
8030   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
8031 
8032   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
8033     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
8034       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8035           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
8036         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
8037           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
8038             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
8039 
8040           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
8041         }
8042       }
8043 
8044   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
8045   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
8046   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
8047   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
8048     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
8049                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
8050                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
8051                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
8052                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
8053     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
8054     AddToScope = false;
8055   }
8056 
8057   return NewFD;
8058 }
8059 
8060 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
8061 ///
8062 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
8063 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
8064 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
8065 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
8066 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
8067 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
8068 /// via InstantiateDecl).
8069 ///
8070 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
8071 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
8072 ///
8073 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
8074 ///
8075 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
8076 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
8077                                     LookupResult &Previous,
8078                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
8079   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
8080          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
8081 
8082   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
8083   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
8084   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
8085   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8086                                !Previous.isShadowed();
8087 
8088   bool Redeclaration = false;
8089   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
8090 
8091   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
8092   // the same name, if appropriate.
8093   if (!Previous.empty()) {
8094     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
8095     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
8096     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
8097     // function to the scope.
8098     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
8099       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
8100       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
8101         Redeclaration = true;
8102         OldDecl = Candidate;
8103       }
8104     } else {
8105       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
8106                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
8107       case Ovl_Match:
8108         Redeclaration = true;
8109         break;
8110 
8111       case Ovl_NonFunction:
8112         Redeclaration = true;
8113         break;
8114 
8115       case Ovl_Overload:
8116         Redeclaration = false;
8117         break;
8118       }
8119 
8120       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8121         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
8122         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
8123         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
8124           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
8125         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr;
8126         if (Redeclaration)
8127           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
8128         else if (!Previous.empty())
8129           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
8130         if (OverloadedDecl)
8131           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
8132                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
8133         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
8134       }
8135     }
8136   }
8137 
8138   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
8139   if (!Redeclaration &&
8140       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
8141     if (!Previous.empty()) {
8142       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
8143       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
8144       Redeclaration = true;
8145       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
8146       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
8147 
8148       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
8149       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8150         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8151           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
8152             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
8153           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
8154                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
8155           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
8156         }
8157         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
8158           Redeclaration = false;
8159           OldDecl = nullptr;
8160         }
8161       }
8162     }
8163   }
8164 
8165   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
8166   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
8167   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
8168   //
8169   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
8170   // definition of a static member function.
8171   //
8172   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
8173   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
8174   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
8175   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
8176       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
8177       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
8178     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
8179     if (OldDecl)
8180       OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
8181     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
8182       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
8183         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8184       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
8185       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
8186       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
8187                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
8188 
8189       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
8190       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
8191       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8192         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
8193         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
8194                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
8195           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
8196 
8197         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
8198           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
8199       }
8200     }
8201   }
8202 
8203   if (Redeclaration) {
8204     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
8205     // merged.
8206     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
8207       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8208       return Redeclaration;
8209     }
8210 
8211     Previous.clear();
8212     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
8213 
8214     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
8215                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
8216       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
8217       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
8218         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
8219       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
8220       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
8221             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
8222         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8223         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8224       }
8225 
8226       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
8227       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
8228       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
8229           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
8230         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
8231         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
8232       }
8233 
8234     } else {
8235       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
8236       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
8237 
8238       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
8239         NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
8240     }
8241   }
8242 
8243   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
8244 
8245   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8246     // C++-specific checks.
8247     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8248       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
8249     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
8250                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8251       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
8252       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
8253 
8254       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
8255       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
8256       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
8257         DeclarationName Name
8258           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
8259                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
8260         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
8261           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
8262           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8263           return Redeclaration;
8264         }
8265       }
8266     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
8267                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
8268       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
8269     }
8270 
8271     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
8272     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
8273       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
8274           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
8275           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
8276         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
8277           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
8278           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8279             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
8280           }
8281         }
8282       }
8283 
8284       if (Method->isStatic())
8285         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
8286     }
8287 
8288     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
8289     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
8290         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8291       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8292       return Redeclaration;
8293     }
8294 
8295     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
8296     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
8297         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8298       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8299       return Redeclaration;
8300     }
8301 
8302     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
8303     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
8304     // during delayed parsing anyway.
8305     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
8306       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
8307 
8308     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
8309     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
8310     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
8311       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
8312       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
8313       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
8314       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
8315         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
8316         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
8317         Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
8318       }
8319     }
8320 
8321     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
8322     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
8323     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
8324     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
8325     if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
8326       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
8327       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
8328         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
8329             << NewFD << R;
8330       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
8331                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
8332         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
8333     }
8334   }
8335   return Redeclaration;
8336 }
8337 
8338 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
8339   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
8340   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
8341   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
8342   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
8343   //   appear in a declaration of main.
8344   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
8345   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
8346   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8347     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8348          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
8349       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8350   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
8351     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
8352       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
8353   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
8354     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
8355     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
8356     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
8357     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
8358       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
8359   }
8360   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
8361     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
8362       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
8363     FD->setConstexpr(false);
8364   }
8365 
8366   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8367     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
8368         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
8369     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8370     return;
8371   }
8372 
8373   QualType T = FD->getType();
8374   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8375   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8376 
8377   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8378     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
8379     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
8380     // implicit-return-zero rule.
8381 
8382     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
8383     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8384       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8385     else {
8386       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
8387       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8388       if (RTRange.isValid())
8389         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
8390             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
8391     }
8392   } else {
8393     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
8394     // set the flag which tells us that.
8395     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
8396 
8397     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
8398     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8399       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8400     else {
8401       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
8402       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8403       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
8404           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
8405                                 : FixItHint());
8406       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8407     }
8408   }
8409 
8410   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
8411   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
8412 
8413   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
8414   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
8415   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
8416 
8417   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
8418 
8419   if (FTP->isVariadic()) {
8420     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main);
8421     // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we
8422     // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter.
8423   }
8424 
8425   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
8426   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
8427   // getting shifty.
8428   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
8429     HasExtraParameters = false;
8430 
8431   if (HasExtraParameters) {
8432     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
8433     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8434     nparams = 3;
8435   }
8436 
8437   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
8438   // if we had some location information about types.
8439 
8440   QualType CharPP =
8441     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
8442   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
8443 
8444   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
8445     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
8446 
8447     bool mismatch = true;
8448 
8449     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
8450       mismatch = false;
8451     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
8452       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
8453       //   char const **
8454       //   char const * const *
8455       //   char * const *
8456 
8457       QualifierCollector qs;
8458       const PointerType* PT;
8459       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8460           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8461           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
8462                               Context.CharTy)) {
8463         qs.removeConst();
8464         mismatch = !qs.empty();
8465       }
8466     }
8467 
8468     if (mismatch) {
8469       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
8470       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
8471       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8472     }
8473   }
8474 
8475   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8476     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
8477   }
8478 
8479   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8480     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8481     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8482   }
8483 }
8484 
8485 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8486   QualType T = FD->getType();
8487   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8488   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8489 
8490   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
8491   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
8492   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
8493       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
8494       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
8495     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
8496     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
8497       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8498 
8499   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8500     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8501     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8502   }
8503 }
8504 
8505 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
8506   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
8507   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
8508   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
8509   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
8510   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
8511   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
8512   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
8513   // rules there don't matter.)
8514   const Expr *Culprit;
8515   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8516     return false;
8517   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
8518     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8519   return true;
8520 }
8521 
8522 namespace {
8523   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
8524   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
8525   class SelfReferenceChecker
8526       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
8527     Sema &S;
8528     Decl *OrigDecl;
8529     bool isRecordType;
8530     bool isPODType;
8531     bool isReferenceType;
8532 
8533     bool isInitList;
8534     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
8535   public:
8536     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
8537 
8538     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
8539                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
8540       isPODType = false;
8541       isRecordType = false;
8542       isReferenceType = false;
8543       isInitList = false;
8544       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
8545         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
8546         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
8547         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
8548       }
8549     }
8550 
8551     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
8552     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
8553     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
8554     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
8555       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
8556       if (!InitList) {
8557         Visit(E);
8558         return;
8559       }
8560 
8561       // Track and increment the index here.
8562       isInitList = true;
8563       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
8564       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
8565         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
8566         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
8567       }
8568       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
8569     }
8570 
8571     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed.
8572     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
8573     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
8574       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
8575       Expr *Base = E;
8576       bool ReferenceField = false;
8577 
8578       // Get the field memebers used.
8579       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8580         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
8581         if (!FD)
8582           return false;
8583         Fields.push_back(FD);
8584         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
8585           ReferenceField = true;
8586         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8587       }
8588 
8589       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
8590       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
8591       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
8592         return false;
8593 
8594       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
8595       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
8596         return true;
8597 
8598       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
8599       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
8600       for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields))
8601         UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex());
8602 
8603       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
8604       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
8605       // initialized, then the use is safe.
8606       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
8607                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
8608                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
8609                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
8610            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
8611         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
8612           return true;
8613         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
8614           break;
8615       }
8616 
8617       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
8618       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8619       return true;
8620     }
8621 
8622     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
8623     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
8624     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
8625     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
8626       E = E->IgnoreParens();
8627       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
8628         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8629         return;
8630       }
8631 
8632       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8633         Visit(CO->getCond());
8634         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
8635         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
8636         return;
8637       }
8638 
8639       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
8640               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8641         Visit(BCO->getCond());
8642         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
8643         return;
8644       }
8645 
8646       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
8647         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
8648         return;
8649       }
8650 
8651       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
8652         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
8653           Visit(BO->getLHS());
8654           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
8655           return;
8656         }
8657       }
8658 
8659       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8660         if (isInitList) {
8661           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
8662                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
8663             return;
8664         }
8665 
8666         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8667         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8668           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
8669           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8670             return;
8671           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8672         }
8673         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
8674           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8675         return;
8676       }
8677 
8678       Visit(E);
8679     }
8680 
8681     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
8682     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
8683     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
8684       if (isReferenceType)
8685         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
8686     }
8687 
8688     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
8689       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
8690         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8691         return;
8692       }
8693 
8694       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
8695     }
8696 
8697     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
8698       if (isInitList) {
8699         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
8700           return;
8701       }
8702 
8703       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
8704       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
8705 
8706       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
8707       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
8708       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
8709       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
8710       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8711       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8712         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8713           Warn = false;
8714         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8715       }
8716 
8717       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
8718         if (Warn)
8719           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8720         return;
8721       }
8722 
8723       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
8724       // Visit that expression.
8725       Visit(Base);
8726     }
8727 
8728     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
8729       Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
8730 
8731       if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee))
8732         return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
8733 
8734       Visit(Callee);
8735       for (auto Arg: E->arguments())
8736         HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
8737     }
8738 
8739     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
8740       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
8741       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
8742           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
8743         if (!isPODType)
8744           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8745         return;
8746       }
8747 
8748       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
8749         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8750         return;
8751       }
8752 
8753       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
8754     }
8755 
8756     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
8757 
8758     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
8759       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
8760         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
8761         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
8762           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
8763             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
8764         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
8765           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
8766             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
8767         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
8768         return;
8769       }
8770       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
8771     }
8772 
8773     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
8774       // Treat std::move as a use.
8775       if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) {
8776         if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) {
8777           if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() &&
8778               FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) {
8779             HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
8780             return;
8781           }
8782         }
8783       }
8784 
8785       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
8786     }
8787 
8788     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
8789       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
8790         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
8791         Visit(E->getRHS());
8792         return;
8793       }
8794 
8795       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
8796     }
8797 
8798     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
8799     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
8800     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
8801     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
8802       Visit(E->getCond());
8803       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
8804     }
8805 
8806     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
8807       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
8808       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
8809       unsigned diag;
8810       if (isReferenceType) {
8811         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
8812       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
8813         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
8814       } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
8815                  isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
8816                  DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) {
8817         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
8818       } else {
8819         // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis.
8820         return;
8821       }
8822 
8823       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
8824                             S.PDiag(diag)
8825                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
8826                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
8827                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
8828     }
8829   };
8830 
8831   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8832   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8833                                  bool DirectInit) {
8834     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8835     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
8836     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8837       return;
8838 
8839     E = E->IgnoreParens();
8840 
8841     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8842     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8843     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8844       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8845         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8846           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8847             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8848               return;
8849 
8850     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
8851   }
8852 }
8853 
8854 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8855 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8856 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8857 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8858                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8859   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8860   // the initializer.
8861   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8862     CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl));
8863     return;
8864   }
8865 
8866   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8867     // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier.
8868     Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8869       << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8870     Method->setInvalidDecl();
8871     return;
8872   }
8873 
8874   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8875   if (!VDecl) {
8876     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8877     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8878     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8879     return;
8880   }
8881   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8882 
8883   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8884   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8885     // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can
8886     // be deduced based on the chosen correction:if the original init contains a
8887     // TypoExpr.
8888     ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl);
8889     if (!Res.isUsable()) {
8890       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8891       return;
8892     }
8893 
8894     if (Res.get() != Init) {
8895       Init = Res.get();
8896       if (CXXDirectInit)
8897         CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8898     }
8899 
8900     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8901     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8902     // contains exactly one expression.
8903     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8904       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8905         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8906         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8907         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8908              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8909                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8910           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8911           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8912         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8913         return;
8914       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8915         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8916              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8917                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8918                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8919           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8920           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8921         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8922         return;
8923       } else {
8924         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8925         if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit))
8926           Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8927                diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
8928             << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8929             << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8930       }
8931     }
8932 
8933     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8934     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8935     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8936         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8937       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8938       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8939         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8940         return;
8941       }
8942       Init = Result.get();
8943       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8944     }
8945 
8946     QualType DeducedType;
8947     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8948             DAR_Failed)
8949       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8950     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8951       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8952       return;
8953     }
8954     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8955     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8956 
8957     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8958     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8959       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8960 
8961     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8962     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8963     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8964     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8965     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8966         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8967       SourceLocation Loc =
8968           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8969       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8970         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8971     }
8972 
8973     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8974     // the previously declared type.
8975     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8976       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8977       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8978       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8979     }
8980 
8981     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8982     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8983     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8984       return;
8985 
8986     // If all looks well, warn if this is a case that will change meaning when
8987     // we implement N3922.
8988     if (DirectInit && !CXXDirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
8989       Diag(Init->getLocStart(),
8990            diag::warn_auto_var_direct_list_init)
8991         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Init->getLocStart(), "=");
8992     }
8993   }
8994 
8995   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
8996   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
8997     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
8998     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8999     return;
9000   }
9001 
9002   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
9003     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
9004     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
9005     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9006     return;
9007   }
9008 
9009   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
9010     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
9011     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
9012     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
9013     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
9014     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
9015       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
9016     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
9017                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9018       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9019       return;
9020     }
9021 
9022     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9023     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
9024                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9025                                AbstractVariableType))
9026       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9027   }
9028 
9029   VarDecl *Def;
9030   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
9031     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
9032     if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) &&
9033         (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
9034          VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
9035          VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
9036          VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
9037       // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
9038       // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it.
9039     } else {
9040       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
9041         << VDecl->getDeclName();
9042       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9043       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9044       return;
9045     }
9046   }
9047 
9048   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9049     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
9050     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
9051     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
9052     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
9053     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
9054     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
9055     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
9056     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
9057     //
9058     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
9059     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
9060     // declaration with an initializer.
9061     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) {
9062       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
9063           << VDecl->getDeclName();
9064       Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(),
9065            diag::note_previous_initializer)
9066           << 0;
9067       return;
9068     }
9069 
9070     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
9071       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9072 
9073     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
9074       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9075       return;
9076     }
9077   }
9078 
9079   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
9080   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
9081   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
9082     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
9083     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9084     return;
9085   }
9086 
9087   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
9088   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
9089   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
9090 
9091   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
9092   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
9093   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
9094       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
9095     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
9096     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9097       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9098       return;
9099     }
9100     Init = Result.get();
9101   }
9102 
9103   // Perform the initialization.
9104   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9105     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
9106     InitializationKind Kind
9107       = DirectInit ?
9108           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
9109                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
9110                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
9111                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
9112                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
9113                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
9114                                                     Init->getLocStart());
9115 
9116     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
9117     if (CXXDirectInit)
9118       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
9119                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
9120 
9121     // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments.
9122     for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) {
9123       ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
9124           Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) {
9125             InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E));
9126             return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E;
9127           });
9128       if (Res.isInvalid()) {
9129         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9130       } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) {
9131         Args[Idx] = Res.get();
9132       }
9133     }
9134     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9135       return;
9136 
9137     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
9138     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
9139     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9140       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9141       return;
9142     }
9143 
9144     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
9145   }
9146 
9147   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
9148   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
9149   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
9150   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
9151       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
9152     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
9153   }
9154 
9155   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
9156   // completed by the initializer. For example:
9157   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
9158   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
9159   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
9160     VDecl->setType(DclT);
9161 
9162   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9163     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
9164 
9165     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
9166       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
9167 
9168     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
9169     // Although this code can still have problems:
9170     //   id x = self.weakProp;
9171     //   id y = self.weakProp;
9172     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
9173     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
9174     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
9175     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
9176         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
9177                          Init->getLocStart()))
9178         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
9179   }
9180 
9181   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
9182   //
9183   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
9184   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
9185   // full-expression. For instance, in:
9186   //
9187   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
9188   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
9189   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
9190   //
9191   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
9192   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
9193                                           false,
9194                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
9195   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9196     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9197     return;
9198   }
9199   Init = Result.get();
9200 
9201   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
9202   VDecl->setInit(Init);
9203 
9204   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
9205     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
9206     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
9207     // C++ does not have this restriction.
9208     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9209       const Expr *Culprit;
9210       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
9211         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
9212       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
9213       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
9214       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
9215       // constant expressions.
9216       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
9217                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
9218                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
9219         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
9220              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
9221           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9222     }
9223   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
9224              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
9225     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
9226     //
9227     // struct S {
9228     //   static const int value = 17;
9229     // };
9230 
9231     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
9232     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
9233     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
9234     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
9235     //
9236     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
9237     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
9238     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
9239     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
9240     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
9241     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
9242     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
9243     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
9244     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
9245 
9246     // Do nothing on dependent types.
9247     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
9248 
9249     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
9250     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
9251     // type.
9252     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
9253 
9254     // Require constness.
9255     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
9256       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
9257         << Init->getSourceRange();
9258       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9259 
9260     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
9261     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
9262       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
9263       SourceLocation Loc;
9264       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
9265         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
9266         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
9267         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
9268       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
9269         ; // Nothing to check.
9270       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
9271         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
9272       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
9273         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
9274         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
9275         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9276           << Init->getSourceRange();
9277       } else {
9278         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
9279         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
9280         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9281           << Init->getSourceRange();
9282         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9283       }
9284 
9285     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
9286     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
9287       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
9288       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
9289       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
9290         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
9291              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
9292             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9293         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
9294              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
9295             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
9296       } else {
9297         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
9298           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9299 
9300         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
9301           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9302             << Init->getSourceRange();
9303           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9304         }
9305       }
9306 
9307     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
9308     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
9309       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
9310         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
9311         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
9312       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
9313 
9314     } else {
9315       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
9316         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9317       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9318     }
9319   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
9320     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
9321         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
9322          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
9323            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
9324         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
9325       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
9326 
9327     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
9328     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9329       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
9330   }
9331 
9332   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
9333   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
9334   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
9335   //
9336   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
9337   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
9338   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
9339   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
9340   // special case code.
9341 
9342   // C++ 8.5p11:
9343   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
9344   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
9345   // class type.
9346   if (CXXDirectInit) {
9347     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
9348     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9349   } else if (DirectInit) {
9350     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
9351     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
9352   }
9353 
9354   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
9355 }
9356 
9357 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
9358 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
9359 /// of sanity.
9360 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
9361   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
9362   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
9363   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9364 
9365   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9366   if (!VD) return;
9367 
9368   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
9369   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
9370     D->setInvalidDecl();
9371     return;
9372   }
9373 
9374   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
9375   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
9376 
9377   // Require a complete type.
9378   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
9379                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
9380                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9381     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9382     return;
9383   }
9384 
9385   // Require a non-abstract type.
9386   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
9387                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9388                              AbstractVariableType)) {
9389     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9390     return;
9391   }
9392 
9393   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
9394   // though.
9395 }
9396 
9397 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
9398                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9399   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
9400   if (!RealDecl)
9401     return;
9402 
9403   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
9404     QualType Type = Var->getType();
9405 
9406     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
9407     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
9408       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
9409         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
9410       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9411       return;
9412     }
9413 
9414     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
9415     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
9416     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
9417     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
9418     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
9419     // member.
9420     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9421       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
9422         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9423              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
9424           << Var->getDeclName();
9425       else
9426         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
9427       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9428       return;
9429     }
9430 
9431     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...]  A variable template
9432     // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A
9433     // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer.
9434     if (Var->isConcept()) {
9435       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized);
9436       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9437       return;
9438     }
9439 
9440     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
9441     // be initialized.
9442     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9443         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
9444         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
9445       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
9446       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9447       return;
9448     }
9449 
9450     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9451     case VarDecl::Definition:
9452       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
9453         break;
9454 
9455       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
9456       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
9457       // a declaration.
9458       //
9459       // Fall through
9460 
9461     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
9462       // It's only a declaration.
9463 
9464       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
9465       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
9466       // object shall be complete.
9467       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
9468           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9469           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9470                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
9471         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9472 
9473       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
9474       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9475           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9476                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9477                                  AbstractVariableType))
9478         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9479       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9480           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
9481         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
9482         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
9483       }
9484 
9485       return;
9486 
9487     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
9488       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
9489       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
9490       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
9491       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
9492       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
9493       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
9494         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
9495                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
9496           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9497                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
9498                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
9499             Var->setInvalidDecl();
9500         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
9501           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
9502           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
9503           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
9504           // NOTE: code such as the following
9505           //     static struct s;
9506           //     struct s { int a; };
9507           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
9508           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
9509           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
9510           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
9511             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9512                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
9513         }
9514       }
9515 
9516       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
9517       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
9518         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
9519       return;
9520     }
9521 
9522     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9523     // definitions with incomplete array type.
9524     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
9525       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9526            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
9527       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9528       return;
9529     }
9530 
9531     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9532     // definitions with reference type.
9533     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
9534       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
9535         << Var->getDeclName()
9536         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
9537       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9538       return;
9539     }
9540 
9541     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
9542     // variable with dependent type.
9543     if (Type->isDependentType())
9544       return;
9545 
9546     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
9547       return;
9548 
9549     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9550       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9551                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
9552                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9553         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9554         return;
9555       }
9556     } else {
9557       return;
9558     }
9559 
9560     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9561     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9562                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9563                                AbstractVariableType)) {
9564       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9565       return;
9566     }
9567 
9568     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
9569     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
9570     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
9571     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
9572     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
9573     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
9574     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
9575     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
9576     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
9577     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
9578     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9579       if (const RecordType *Record
9580             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9581         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
9582         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
9583         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
9584         // incompatibilities with C++98.
9585         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
9586           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9587       }
9588     }
9589 
9590     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
9591     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
9592     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
9593     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
9594     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
9595     //   type shall have a user-declared default
9596     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
9597     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
9598     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
9599     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
9600     //   program is ill-formed.
9601     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
9602     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
9603     //   default-initialized; [...].
9604     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
9605     InitializationKind Kind
9606       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
9607 
9608     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9609     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9610     if (Init.isInvalid())
9611       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9612     else if (Init.get()) {
9613       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
9614       // This is important for template substitution.
9615       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9616     }
9617 
9618     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
9619   }
9620 }
9621 
9622 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
9623   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9624   if (!VD) {
9625     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
9626     D->setInvalidDecl();
9627     return;
9628   }
9629 
9630   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9631 
9632   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
9633   int Error = -1;
9634   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
9635   case SC_None:
9636     break;
9637   case SC_Extern:
9638     Error = 0;
9639     break;
9640   case SC_Static:
9641     Error = 1;
9642     break;
9643   case SC_PrivateExtern:
9644     Error = 2;
9645     break;
9646   case SC_Auto:
9647     Error = 3;
9648     break;
9649   case SC_Register:
9650     Error = 4;
9651     break;
9652   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
9653     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
9654   }
9655   if (Error != -1) {
9656     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
9657       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
9658     D->setInvalidDecl();
9659   }
9660 }
9661 
9662 StmtResult
9663 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
9664                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
9665                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
9666                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
9667   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
9668   //   A range-based for statement of the form
9669   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9670   //   is equivalent to
9671   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9672   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9673 
9674   const char *PrevSpec;
9675   unsigned DiagID;
9676   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
9677                      getPrintingPolicy());
9678 
9679   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
9680   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
9681   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
9682 
9683   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9684   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
9685                 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
9686   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
9687   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9688   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
9689   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
9690                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
9691 }
9692 
9693 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
9694   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9695 
9696   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
9697   // local retaining variable.
9698   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9699       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9700     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
9701     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
9702     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
9703     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
9704       break;
9705 
9706     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
9707     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
9708       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9709       break;
9710     }
9711   }
9712 
9713   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
9714   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
9715   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
9716   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
9717   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
9718   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9719       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
9720       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
9721       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
9722                                   var->getLocation())) {
9723     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
9724     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
9725     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
9726       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
9727 
9728     if (!prev)
9729       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
9730   }
9731 
9732   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
9733     const Expr *Culprit;
9734     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
9735       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
9736       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
9737       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
9738       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
9739       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9740         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9741     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() &&
9742                !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
9743                    Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) {
9744       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
9745       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
9746       //   initialization.
9747       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
9748       Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
9749         << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9750       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9751         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9752     }
9753 
9754   }
9755 
9756   // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables.
9757   bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage();
9758   if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9759       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9760     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
9761     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read;
9762     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
9763       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
9764     else if (!var->getInit()) {
9765       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
9766       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9767     } else {
9768       Stack = &DataSegStack;
9769       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9770     }
9771     if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
9772       var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9773           Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
9774           Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
9775     }
9776     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
9777       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
9778         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9779 
9780     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
9781     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
9782     // attribute.
9783     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
9784       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
9785                                                CurInitSegLoc));
9786   }
9787 
9788   // All the following checks are C++ only.
9789   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
9790 
9791   QualType type = var->getType();
9792   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
9793 
9794   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
9795   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9796     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
9797     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
9798 
9799     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
9800     // constructing this copy.
9801     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
9802       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
9803       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
9804       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
9805       ExprResult result
9806         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
9807             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
9808             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
9809       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
9810         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
9811         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
9812         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
9813       }
9814     }
9815   }
9816 
9817   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
9818   bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal();
9819   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
9820 
9821   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
9822       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
9823     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
9824         !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
9825                                     var->getLocation())) {
9826       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
9827       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
9828       // warned about them.
9829       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
9830       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
9831           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
9832         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
9833           << Init->getSourceRange();
9834     }
9835 
9836     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
9837       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
9838       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
9839         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
9840         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
9841         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
9842         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
9843               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
9844           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
9845           Notes.clear();
9846         }
9847         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
9848           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
9849         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
9850           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
9851       }
9852     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
9853       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
9854       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
9855       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
9856       var->checkInitIsICE();
9857     }
9858   }
9859 
9860   // Require the destructor.
9861   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
9862     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
9863 }
9864 
9865 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent.
9866 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) {
9867   if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
9868     return true;
9869   for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>())
9870     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
9871       return true;
9872   return false;
9873 }
9874 
9875 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
9876 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
9877 void
9878 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
9879   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
9880   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
9881 
9882   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
9883   if (!VD)
9884     return;
9885 
9886   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
9887 
9888   // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable
9889   // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check
9890   // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints).
9891   if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) {
9892     // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and
9893     // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case).
9894     if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) {
9895       CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign);
9896       if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) {
9897         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum)
9898           << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD
9899           << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity();
9900       }
9901     }
9902   }
9903 
9904   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
9905   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
9906     if (FunctionDecl *FD =
9907             dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
9908       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
9909         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
9910         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
9911         VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
9912       }
9913     }
9914   }
9915 
9916   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
9917   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
9918 
9919   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
9920   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
9921     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
9922         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9923       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
9924       // with a warning.
9925       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
9926         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
9927       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
9928           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
9929           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
9930 
9931       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
9932            IsClassTemplateMember
9933                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
9934                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
9935       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
9936       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
9937         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9938     }
9939   }
9940 
9941   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
9942   // isn't exported with the variable.
9943   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
9944     Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
9945                                                                   << DLLAttr;
9946     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9947   }
9948 
9949   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
9950     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9951       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
9952       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
9953     }
9954   }
9955 
9956   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
9957   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9958   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
9959   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
9960     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
9961 
9962   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
9963   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
9964       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
9965     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
9966 
9967   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
9968   // tag values.
9969   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
9970       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
9971     return;
9972 
9973   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
9974     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
9975     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
9976       continue;
9977     }
9978     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
9979     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
9980       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9981            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
9982         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9983       continue;
9984     }
9985     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
9986       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9987            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
9988         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9989       continue;
9990     }
9991     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
9992     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
9993                                MagicValue,
9994                                I->getMatchingCType(),
9995                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
9996                                I->getMustBeNull());
9997   }
9998 }
9999 
10000 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
10001                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
10002   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
10003 
10004   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
10005     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
10006 
10007   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
10008   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
10009     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
10010       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
10011         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
10012           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
10013       Decls.push_back(D);
10014     }
10015 
10016   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
10017     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
10018       handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
10019       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
10020         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
10021     }
10022   }
10023 
10024   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
10025 }
10026 
10027 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
10028 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
10029 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
10030 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
10031                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
10032   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
10033   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
10034   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
10035   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
10036   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
10037   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
10038   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
10039   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
10040     QualType Deduced;
10041     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
10042     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
10043     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
10044       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
10045         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
10046         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
10047         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
10048           break;
10049         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
10050         if (!U.isNull()) {
10051           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
10052           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
10053             Deduced = U;
10054             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
10055             DeducedDecl = D;
10056           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
10057             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
10058                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
10059               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
10060               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
10061               << U << D->getDeclName()
10062               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
10063               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
10064             D->setInvalidDecl();
10065             break;
10066           }
10067         }
10068       }
10069     }
10070   }
10071 
10072   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
10073 
10074   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
10075       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
10076 }
10077 
10078 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
10079   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
10080 }
10081 
10082 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
10083   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
10084   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
10085     return;
10086 
10087   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
10088                       Group[0]->getLocation()) &&
10089       Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name,
10090                       Group[0]->getLocation()))
10091     return;
10092 
10093   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
10094     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
10095     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
10096     // additional declaration references:
10097     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
10098     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
10099     //   'struct S *pS;'
10100     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
10101     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
10102     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
10103       Group = Group.slice(1);
10104     }
10105   }
10106 
10107   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
10108   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
10109   if (!Comments.empty() &&
10110       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
10111     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
10112     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
10113     //
10114     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
10115     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
10116     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
10117     // ahead through comments.
10118     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
10119       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
10120   }
10121 }
10122 
10123 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
10124 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
10125 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
10126   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
10127 
10128   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
10129 
10130   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
10131   StorageClass SC = SC_None;
10132   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
10133     SC = SC_Register;
10134   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10135              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
10136     SC = SC_Auto;
10137   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
10138     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
10139          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
10140     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
10141   }
10142 
10143   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
10144     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
10145       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
10146   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
10147     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
10148       << 0;
10149 
10150   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
10151 
10152   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
10153   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
10154 
10155   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10156     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
10157     // parameter.
10158     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
10159 
10160     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
10161     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
10162       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
10163         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
10164       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
10165     }
10166   }
10167 
10168   // Ensure we have a valid name
10169   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
10170   if (D.hasName()) {
10171     II = D.getIdentifier();
10172     if (!II) {
10173       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
10174         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
10175       D.setInvalidType(true);
10176     }
10177   }
10178 
10179   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
10180   if (II) {
10181     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
10182                    ForRedeclaration);
10183     LookupName(R, S);
10184     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
10185       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
10186       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
10187         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10188         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
10189         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10190         PrevDecl = nullptr;
10191       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
10192         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
10193         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10194 
10195         // Recover by removing the name
10196         II = nullptr;
10197         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
10198         D.setInvalidType(true);
10199       }
10200     }
10201   }
10202 
10203   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
10204   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
10205   // looking like class members in C++.
10206   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
10207                                     D.getLocStart(),
10208                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
10209                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
10210                                     SC);
10211 
10212   if (D.isInvalidType())
10213     New->setInvalidDecl();
10214 
10215   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
10216   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
10217   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
10218                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
10219 
10220   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
10221   S->AddDecl(New);
10222   if (II)
10223     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
10224 
10225   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
10226 
10227   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
10228     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10229       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
10230       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10231       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10232 
10233   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
10234     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
10235   }
10236   return New;
10237 }
10238 
10239 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
10240 /// typedef.
10241 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
10242                                               SourceLocation Loc,
10243                                               QualType T) {
10244   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
10245      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
10246      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
10247   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
10248                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
10249                                            SC_None, nullptr);
10250   Param->setImplicit();
10251   return Param;
10252 }
10253 
10254 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
10255                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
10256   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
10257   // will already have done so in the template itself.
10258   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
10259     return;
10260 
10261   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
10262     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
10263         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
10264       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
10265         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
10266     }
10267   }
10268 }
10269 
10270 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
10271                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
10272                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
10273                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
10274   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
10275     return;
10276 
10277   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
10278   // threshold.
10279   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
10280     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
10281     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
10282       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
10283           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
10284   }
10285 
10286   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
10287   // threshold.
10288   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
10289     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
10290     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
10291       continue;
10292     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
10293     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
10294       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
10295           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
10296   }
10297 }
10298 
10299 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10300                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
10301                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
10302                                   StorageClass SC) {
10303   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
10304   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
10305       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
10306       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
10307 
10308     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
10309 
10310     // Special cases for arrays:
10311     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
10312     //   - otherwise, it's an error
10313     if (T->isArrayType()) {
10314       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
10315         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
10316             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
10317             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
10318       }
10319       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
10320     } else {
10321       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
10322     }
10323     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
10324   }
10325 
10326   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
10327                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
10328                                          TSInfo, SC, nullptr);
10329 
10330   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
10331   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
10332   // the class has been completely parsed.
10333   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
10334       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10335                              AbstractParamType))
10336     New->setInvalidDecl();
10337 
10338   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
10339   // passed by reference.
10340   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
10341     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
10342     Diag(NameLoc,
10343          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
10344       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
10345     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
10346     New->setType(T);
10347   }
10348 
10349   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
10350   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
10351   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
10352   // an address space.
10353   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
10354     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
10355     // to be qualified with an address space.
10356     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
10357       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
10358       New->setInvalidDecl();
10359     }
10360   }
10361 
10362   return New;
10363 }
10364 
10365 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
10366                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
10367   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
10368 
10369   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
10370   // for a K&R function.
10371   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
10372     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
10373       --i;
10374       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
10375         SmallString<256> Code;
10376         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
10377             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
10378         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
10379             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
10380             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code);
10381 
10382         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
10383         // type.
10384         AttributeFactory attrs;
10385         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
10386         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
10387         unsigned DiagID; // unused
10388         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
10389                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10390         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
10391         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10392         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10393         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
10394         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10395         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
10396       }
10397     }
10398   }
10399 }
10400 
10401 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
10402   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
10403   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
10404   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
10405 
10406   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
10407   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
10408   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
10409 }
10410 
10411 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) {
10412   Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D);
10413 }
10414 
10415 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
10416                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10417   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
10418   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10419     return false;
10420 
10421   // Or declarations that aren't global.
10422   if (!FD->isGlobal())
10423     return false;
10424 
10425   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
10426   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
10427     return false;
10428 
10429   // Don't warn about 'main'.
10430   if (FD->isMain())
10431     return false;
10432 
10433   // Don't warn about inline functions.
10434   if (FD->isInlined())
10435     return false;
10436 
10437   // Don't warn about function templates.
10438   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
10439     return false;
10440 
10441   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
10442   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
10443     return false;
10444 
10445   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
10446   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
10447     return false;
10448 
10449   // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions.
10450   if (FD->isDeleted())
10451     return false;
10452 
10453   bool MissingPrototype = true;
10454   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
10455        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
10456     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
10457     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
10458     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
10459       continue;
10460 
10461     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
10462     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
10463       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
10464     break;
10465   }
10466 
10467   return MissingPrototype;
10468 }
10469 
10470 void
10471 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
10472                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
10473   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
10474   // was an extern inline function.
10475   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
10476   if (!Definition)
10477     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
10478       return;
10479 
10480   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
10481     return;
10482 
10483   // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or
10484   // a template, it's OK to form another definition of it.
10485   //
10486   // FIXME: Should we skip the body of the function and use the old definition
10487   // in this case? That may be necessary for functions that return local types
10488   // through a deduced return type, or instantiate templates with local types.
10489   if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) &&
10490       (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
10491        Definition->isInlined() ||
10492        Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() ||
10493        Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists()))
10494     return;
10495 
10496   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
10497       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
10498     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
10499         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
10500   else
10501     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
10502 
10503   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10504   FD->setInvalidDecl();
10505 }
10506 
10507 
10508 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
10509                                    Sema &S) {
10510   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
10511 
10512   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
10513   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
10514   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
10515   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
10516   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
10517 
10518   if (LCD == LCD_None)
10519     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
10520   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
10521     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
10522   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
10523     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
10524   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
10525 
10526   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
10527   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
10528 
10529   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
10530   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
10531   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
10532   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
10533     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
10534       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
10535       if (VD->isInitCapture())
10536         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
10537       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
10538       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
10539       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
10540           /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(),
10541           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
10542                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
10543           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10544 
10545     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
10546       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
10547                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10548     } else {
10549       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType());
10550     }
10551     ++I;
10552   }
10553 }
10554 
10555 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
10556   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
10557   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
10558 
10559   if (!D)
10560     return D;
10561   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
10562 
10563   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
10564     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
10565   else
10566     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
10567   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
10568   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
10569   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
10570   // LambdaScopeInfo.
10571   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
10572   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
10573   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
10574   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
10575   // have the LSI properly restored.
10576   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
10577     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
10578       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
10579       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
10580     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
10581   }
10582   else
10583     // Enter a new function scope
10584     PushFunctionScope();
10585 
10586   // See if this is a redefinition.
10587   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
10588     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
10589 
10590   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
10591   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10592     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
10593         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
10594       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
10595       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10596     }
10597   }
10598 
10599   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
10600   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
10601   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
10602   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
10603       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10604       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
10605                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
10606     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10607 
10608   if (FnBodyScope)
10609     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
10610 
10611   // Check the validity of our function parameters
10612   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10613                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
10614 
10615   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
10616   for (auto Param : FD->params()) {
10617     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
10618 
10619     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
10620     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
10621       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
10622 
10623       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
10624     }
10625   }
10626 
10627   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
10628   // introduce them into the function scope.
10629   if (FnBodyScope) {
10630     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
10631              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
10632              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
10633          I != E; ++I) {
10634       NamedDecl *D = *I;
10635 
10636       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the
10637       // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove
10638       // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context.
10639       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
10640         // Is the decl actually in the context?
10641         for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) {
10642           if (DI == D) {
10643             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
10644             break;
10645           }
10646         }
10647         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
10648         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
10649       }
10650 
10651       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
10652       if (!D->getName().empty())
10653         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10654 
10655       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
10656       // accessible in this scope.
10657       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
10658         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
10659           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10660       }
10661     }
10662   }
10663 
10664   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
10665   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10666     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
10667 
10668   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
10669   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
10670       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
10671     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
10672     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
10673     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10674     return D;
10675   }
10676   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
10677   // a function template).
10678   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
10679   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
10680       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
10681       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
10682     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
10683 
10684   return D;
10685 }
10686 
10687 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
10688 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
10689 /// optimization.
10690 ///
10691 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
10692 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
10693 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
10694 /// use the named return value optimization.
10695 ///
10696 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
10697 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
10698 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
10699 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
10700   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
10701 
10702   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
10703     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
10704       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
10705         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
10706     }
10707   }
10708 }
10709 
10710 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
10711   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
10712   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
10713     return false;
10714 
10715   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
10716   // return type (yet).
10717   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
10718     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
10719     // we can still delay parsing it.
10720     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
10721       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
10722       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
10723           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
10724         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
10725         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
10726       }
10727     }
10728     return false;
10729   }
10730 
10731   return true;
10732 }
10733 
10734 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
10735   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
10736   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
10737   // rest of the file.
10738   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
10739   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
10740   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
10741     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
10742       return false;
10743   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
10744 }
10745 
10746 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
10747   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
10748     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
10749   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
10750     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
10751   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr);
10752 }
10753 
10754 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
10755   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
10756 }
10757 
10758 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
10759                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
10760   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
10761 
10762   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
10763   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
10764 
10765   if (FD) {
10766     FD->setBody(Body);
10767 
10768     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
10769         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
10770       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
10771       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
10772       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
10773       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
10774         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
10775             << FD->getReturnType();
10776         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10777       } else {
10778         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
10779         TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
10780         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
10781             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
10782       }
10783     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) {
10784       auto *LSI = getCurLambda();
10785       if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) {
10786         deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI);
10787 
10788         // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4:
10789         //   [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement
10790         //   [the deduced type is] the type void
10791         QualType RetType =
10792             LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType;
10793 
10794         // Update the return type to the deduced type.
10795         const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
10796             FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
10797         FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(),
10798                                             Proto->getExtProtoInfo()));
10799       }
10800     }
10801 
10802     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
10803     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
10804     // is the first declaration.
10805     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
10806       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
10807         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10808       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
10809                !LangOpts.GNUInline &&
10810                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
10811         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10812     }
10813 
10814     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
10815     // don't complain about missing return statements.
10816     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
10817       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
10818 
10819     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
10820     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
10821     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
10822       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
10823 
10824     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10825       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
10826       if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted())
10827         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
10828       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10829                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
10830 
10831       // If this is a structor, we need a vtable.
10832       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
10833         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
10834       else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD))
10835         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent());
10836 
10837       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
10838       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
10839       // to deduce an implicit return type.
10840       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
10841           !FD->isDependentContext())
10842         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10843     }
10844 
10845     // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
10846     //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
10847     //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
10848     //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
10849     //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
10850     const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
10851     if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
10852       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
10853 
10854       if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10855         // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
10856         // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
10857         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
10858                 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
10859           TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
10860           if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
10861             Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
10862                  diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
10863                 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
10864                 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
10865         }
10866       }
10867     }
10868 
10869     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
10870       const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction;
10871       if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) &&
10872           MD->isVirtual() &&
10873           (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) &&
10874           MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) {
10875         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
10876         if (FD->isInlined() &&
10877             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
10878           Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD);
10879 
10880           // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we
10881           // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively.
10882           KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent());
10883           const FunctionDecl *Definition;
10884           if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition))
10885             MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
10886         } else {
10887           // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used.
10888           MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
10889         }
10890       }
10891     }
10892 
10893     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
10894            "Function parsing confused");
10895   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
10896     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
10897     MD->setBody(Body);
10898     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10899       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
10900       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
10901                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
10902 
10903       if (Body)
10904         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10905     }
10906     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
10907       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
10908         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
10909       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
10910     }
10911     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
10912       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
10913       bool isDesignated =
10914           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
10915       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
10916       (void)isDesignated;
10917 
10918       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
10919         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
10920         if (!IFace)
10921           return false;
10922         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
10923         if (!SuperD)
10924           return false;
10925         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
10926             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
10927       };
10928       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
10929       // of NSObject.
10930       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
10931         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
10932              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
10933         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
10934              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
10935       }
10936       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
10937     }
10938     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
10939       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
10940       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
10941         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
10942              diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
10943       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
10944     }
10945   } else {
10946     return nullptr;
10947   }
10948 
10949   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
10950          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
10951          "handled in the block above.");
10952 
10953   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
10954   if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) {
10955     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
10956     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
10957     // Verify this.
10958     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
10959       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
10960 
10961     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
10962     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
10963         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
10964       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
10965 
10966     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
10967       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
10968         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
10969 
10970       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
10971                                              Destructor->getParent());
10972     }
10973 
10974     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10975     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10976     // deletion in some later function.
10977     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
10978         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
10979       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10980     }
10981     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
10982         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
10983       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
10984       // enabled.
10985       ActivePolicy = &WP;
10986     }
10987 
10988     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10989         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
10990          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
10991       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10992 
10993     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
10994       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
10995         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
10996           Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
10997           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
10998           FD->setInvalidDecl();
10999           break;
11000         }
11001       }
11002     }
11003 
11004     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() ==
11005                ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects &&
11006            "Leftover temporaries in function");
11007     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
11008     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
11009            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
11010   }
11011 
11012   if (!IsInstantiation)
11013     PopDeclContext();
11014 
11015   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
11016   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
11017   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
11018   // deletion in some later function.
11019   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
11020     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
11021   }
11022 
11023   return dcl;
11024 }
11025 
11026 
11027 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
11028 /// relevant Decl.
11029 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
11030                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
11031   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
11032   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
11033     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
11034   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
11035 
11036   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
11037     if (Method->isStatic())
11038       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
11039 }
11040 
11041 
11042 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
11043 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
11044 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
11045                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
11046   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
11047   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
11048   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
11049   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
11050   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
11051     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
11052     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11053     return ExternCPrev;
11054   }
11055 
11056   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
11057   unsigned diag_id;
11058   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
11059     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
11060   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
11061     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
11062   else
11063     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
11064   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
11065 
11066   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
11067   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
11068   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
11069     TypoCorrection Corrected;
11070     if (S &&
11071         (Corrected = CorrectTypo(
11072              DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr,
11073              llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError)))
11074       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
11075                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
11076   }
11077 
11078   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
11079   const char *Dummy;
11080   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
11081   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
11082   unsigned DiagID;
11083   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
11084                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
11085   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
11086   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
11087   SourceLocation NoLoc;
11088   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
11089   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
11090                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
11091                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
11092                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
11093                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
11094                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
11095                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
11096                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
11097                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
11098                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11099                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11100                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11101                                              /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11102                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
11103                                              EST_None,
11104                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
11105                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
11106                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
11107                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
11108                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
11109                                              /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
11110                                              Loc, Loc, D),
11111                 DS.getAttributes(),
11112                 SourceLocation());
11113   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
11114 
11115   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
11116 
11117   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
11118   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
11119 
11120   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
11121   FD->setImplicit();
11122 
11123   CurContext = PrevDC;
11124 
11125   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
11126 
11127   return FD;
11128 }
11129 
11130 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
11131 /// the declaration of this function.
11132 ///
11133 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
11134 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
11135 /// like NSLog or printf.
11136 ///
11137 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
11138 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
11139 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
11140   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
11141     return;
11142 
11143   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
11144   // actual attributes.
11145   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
11146     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
11147     unsigned FormatIdx;
11148     bool HasVAListArg;
11149     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
11150       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
11151         const char *fmt = "printf";
11152         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
11153         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
11154             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
11155           fmt = "NSString";
11156         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11157                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
11158                                                FormatIdx+1,
11159                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
11160                                                FD->getLocation()));
11161       }
11162     }
11163     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
11164                                              HasVAListArg)) {
11165      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
11166        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11167                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
11168                                               FormatIdx+1,
11169                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
11170                                               FD->getLocation()));
11171     }
11172 
11173     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
11174     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
11175     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
11176     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
11177         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
11178       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
11179         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11180     }
11181 
11182     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
11183         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
11184       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11185                                          FD->getLocation()));
11186     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
11187       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11188     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
11189       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11190   }
11191 
11192   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
11193   if (!Name)
11194     return;
11195   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11196        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
11197       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
11198        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
11199        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
11200     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
11201     // about.
11202   } else
11203     return;
11204 
11205   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
11206     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
11207     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
11208     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
11209       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11210                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
11211                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
11212                                              FD->getLocation()));
11213   }
11214 
11215   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
11216     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
11217     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
11218     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
11219       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
11220                                                 FD->getLocation()));
11221   }
11222 }
11223 
11224 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
11225                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
11226   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
11227   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
11228 
11229   if (!TInfo) {
11230     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
11231     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
11232   }
11233 
11234   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
11235   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
11236                                            D.getLocStart(),
11237                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
11238                                            D.getIdentifier(),
11239                                            TInfo);
11240 
11241   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
11242   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
11243     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
11244     return NewTD;
11245   }
11246 
11247   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
11248     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
11249       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
11250         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
11251         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
11252         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
11253     else
11254       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
11255   }
11256 
11257   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
11258   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
11259   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
11260   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
11261   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
11262   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
11263   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
11264   case TST_enum:
11265   case TST_struct:
11266   case TST_interface:
11267   case TST_union:
11268   case TST_class: {
11269     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
11270     setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
11271     break;
11272   }
11273 
11274   default:
11275     break;
11276   }
11277 
11278   return NewTD;
11279 }
11280 
11281 
11282 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
11283 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
11284   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
11285   QualType T = TI->getType();
11286 
11287   if (T->isDependentType())
11288     return false;
11289 
11290   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
11291     if (BT->isInteger())
11292       return false;
11293 
11294   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
11295   return true;
11296 }
11297 
11298 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
11299 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
11300 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
11301                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
11302                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
11303   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
11304 
11305   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
11306     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
11307       << Prev->isScoped();
11308     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11309     return true;
11310   }
11311 
11312   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
11313     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
11314         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
11315         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
11316                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
11317       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
11318       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
11319         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
11320       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
11321           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
11322       return true;
11323     }
11324   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
11325     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
11326       << Prev->isFixed();
11327     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11328     return true;
11329   }
11330 
11331   return false;
11332 }
11333 
11334 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
11335 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
11336 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
11337 ///
11338 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
11339 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
11340   switch (Tag) {
11341   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
11342   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
11343   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
11344   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
11345   }
11346 }
11347 
11348 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
11349 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
11350 ///
11351 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
11352 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
11353 {
11354   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
11355 }
11356 
11357 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
11358 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
11359 ///
11360 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
11361 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
11362                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
11363                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
11364                                         const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
11365   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
11366   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
11367   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
11368   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
11369   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
11370   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
11371   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
11372   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
11373   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
11374   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
11375   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
11376   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
11377   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
11378   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
11379   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
11380     if (OldTag == NewTag)
11381       return true;
11382 
11383   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
11384     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
11385     bool isTemplate = false;
11386     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
11387       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
11388 
11389     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
11390       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
11391       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
11392       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11393         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
11394         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11395       return true;
11396     }
11397 
11398     if (isDefinition) {
11399       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
11400       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
11401       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11402         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
11403         return true;
11404       }
11405 
11406       bool previousMismatch = false;
11407       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
11408         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
11409           if (!previousMismatch) {
11410             previousMismatch = true;
11411             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
11412               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
11413               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
11414           }
11415           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11416             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
11417             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
11418                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
11419         }
11420       }
11421       return true;
11422     }
11423 
11424     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
11425     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
11426     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
11427     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
11428                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
11429     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
11430       return true;
11431     }
11432 
11433     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11434       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
11435       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11436     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11437 
11438     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
11439     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11440         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11441           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
11442           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
11443                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
11444     }
11445 
11446     return true;
11447   }
11448   return false;
11449 }
11450 
11451 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
11452 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
11453 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
11454 ///   namespace N {
11455 ///     struct X;
11456 ///     namespace M {
11457 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
11458 ///     }
11459 ///   }
11460 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
11461                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
11462   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
11463   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
11464   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
11465   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
11466   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11467   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
11468     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
11469     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
11470     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
11471     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
11472       return FixItHint();
11473     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
11474     Namespaces.push_back(II);
11475     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
11476         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
11477     if (Lookup == Namespace)
11478       break;
11479   }
11480 
11481   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
11482   // build an NNS.
11483   SmallString<64> Insertion;
11484   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
11485   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
11486     OS << "::";
11487   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
11488   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
11489     OS << II->getName() << "::";
11490   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
11491 }
11492 
11493 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can
11494 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup
11495 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a
11496 /// using-declaration).
11497 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC,
11498                                          DeclContext *NewDC) {
11499   OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext();
11500   NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext();
11501 
11502   if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC))
11503     return true;
11504 
11505   // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either
11506   // encloses the other).
11507   if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&
11508       (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC)))
11509     return true;
11510 
11511   return false;
11512 }
11513 
11514 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
11515 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
11516 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
11517 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
11518 ///
11519 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or
11520 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
11521 ///
11522 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should
11523 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration.
11524 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
11525                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
11526                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
11527                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
11528                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
11529                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
11530                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
11531                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
11532                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
11533                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
11534                      bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11535   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
11536   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
11537   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
11538          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
11539   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
11540 
11541   OwnedDecl = false;
11542   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
11543   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
11544 
11545   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
11546   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
11547   bool Invalid = false;
11548 
11549   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
11550   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
11551   // for non-C++ cases.
11552   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
11553       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
11554     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
11555             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
11556                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
11557                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
11558       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11559         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
11560         return nullptr;
11561       }
11562 
11563       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
11564         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
11565         // be a member of another template).
11566 
11567         if (Invalid)
11568           return nullptr;
11569 
11570         OwnedDecl = false;
11571         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
11572                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
11573                                                TemplateParams, AS,
11574                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
11575                                                /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(),
11576                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
11577                                                TemplateParameterLists.data(),
11578                                                SkipBody);
11579         return Result.get();
11580       } else {
11581         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
11582         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
11583           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
11584         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
11585       }
11586     }
11587   }
11588 
11589   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
11590   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
11591   // redeclaration.
11592   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
11593 
11594   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11595     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
11596       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
11597       // type, default to int.
11598       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11599     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
11600       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
11601       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
11602       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
11603       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
11604       EnumUnderlying = TI;
11605 
11606       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
11607         // Recover by falling back to int.
11608         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11609 
11610       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
11611                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
11612         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11613 
11614     } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11615       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
11616       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11617   }
11618 
11619   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
11620   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
11621   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
11622 
11623   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
11624   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
11625     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
11626 
11627   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
11628   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11629     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
11630 
11631     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
11632     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
11633       Name = nullptr;
11634       goto CreateNewDecl;
11635     }
11636 
11637     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
11638     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
11639     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11640       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
11641       if (!DC) {
11642         IsDependent = true;
11643         return nullptr;
11644       }
11645     } else {
11646       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
11647       if (!DC) {
11648         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
11649           << SS.getRange();
11650         return nullptr;
11651       }
11652     }
11653 
11654     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
11655       return nullptr;
11656 
11657     SearchDC = DC;
11658     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
11659     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
11660 
11661     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11662       return nullptr;
11663 
11664     if (Previous.empty()) {
11665       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
11666       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
11667       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
11668       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
11669       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
11670       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
11671       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
11672           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11673         IsDependent = true;
11674         return nullptr;
11675       }
11676 
11677       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
11678       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
11679         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
11680       Name = nullptr;
11681       Invalid = true;
11682       goto CreateNewDecl;
11683     }
11684   } else if (Name) {
11685     // C++14 [class.mem]p14:
11686     //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
11687     //   name different from T:
11688     //    -- every member of class T that is itself a type
11689     if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
11690         DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc)))
11691       return nullptr;
11692 
11693     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
11694     // declaration or definition.
11695     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
11696     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
11697     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
11698     LookupName(Previous, S);
11699 
11700     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
11701     // by types using'ed into this scope.
11702     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
11703         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
11704       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11705       while (F.hasNext()) {
11706         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11707         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
11708           F.erase();
11709       }
11710       F.done();
11711     }
11712 
11713     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
11714     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
11715     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
11716     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
11717     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
11718     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
11719     //
11720     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
11721     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
11722     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
11723     //
11724     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
11725     // semantic context?
11726     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11727       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11728       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11729       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
11730       while (F.hasNext()) {
11731         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11732         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11733         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
11734             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
11735           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11736             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
11737           else
11738             F.erase();
11739         }
11740       }
11741       F.done();
11742 
11743       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
11744       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
11745       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
11746         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11747         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
11748             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
11749       }
11750     }
11751 
11752     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
11753     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11754       return nullptr;
11755 
11756     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
11757       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
11758       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
11759       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
11760       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
11761       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
11762         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11763     }
11764   }
11765 
11766   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
11767       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
11768     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11769     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
11770     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11771     Previous.clear();
11772   }
11773 
11774   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
11775       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
11776     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
11777     isStdBadAlloc = true;
11778 
11779     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
11780       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
11781       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
11782       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
11783       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
11784     }
11785   }
11786 
11787   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
11788   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
11789   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
11790   // there's a shadow friend decl.
11791   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
11792       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11793     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
11794     assert(SS.isEmpty());
11795 
11796     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11797       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
11798       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
11799       //
11800       //          class-key identifier
11801       //
11802       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
11803       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
11804       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
11805       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
11806       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
11807       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
11808       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
11809       //      declaration.
11810       //
11811       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
11812       // C structs and unions.
11813       //
11814       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
11815       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
11816       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
11817       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
11818       //
11819       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
11820       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
11821       //
11822       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
11823       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
11824       // lexical context,
11825       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11826         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11827 
11828       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
11829       while (S->isClassScope() ||
11830              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11831               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
11832              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
11833              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
11834         S = S->getParent();
11835     } else {
11836       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
11837       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
11838       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
11839       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
11840       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
11841       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11842     }
11843 
11844     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
11845     // diagnose some problems.
11846     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11847       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
11848       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
11849     }
11850   }
11851 
11852   // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it.
11853   if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous)
11854     Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous);
11855 
11856   if (!Previous.empty()) {
11857     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11858     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
11859 
11860     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
11861     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
11862     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
11863     // in C++.
11864     //
11865     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
11866     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
11867     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
11868     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
11869     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11870       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11871         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
11872           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
11873           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
11874               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
11875                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
11876             PrevDecl = Tag;
11877             Previous.clear();
11878             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
11879             Previous.resolveKind();
11880           }
11881         }
11882       }
11883     }
11884 
11885     // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must
11886     // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a
11887     // redefinition if either context is within the other.
11888     if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) {
11889       auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl);
11890       if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
11891           isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) &&
11892           !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(
11893                           *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) {
11894         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
11895         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
11896              diag::note_using_decl_target);
11897         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl)
11898             << 0;
11899         // Recover by ignoring the old declaration.
11900         Previous.clear();
11901         goto CreateNewDecl;
11902       }
11903     }
11904 
11905     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11906       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
11907       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
11908       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
11909       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
11910           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11911                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11912         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
11913         // struct or something similar.
11914         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
11915                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
11916                                           Name)) {
11917           bool SafeToContinue
11918             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
11919                Kind != TTK_Enum);
11920           if (SafeToContinue)
11921             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
11922               << Name
11923               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
11924                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
11925           else
11926             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
11927           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11928 
11929           if (SafeToContinue)
11930             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
11931           else {
11932             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
11933             Name = nullptr;
11934             Previous.clear();
11935             Invalid = true;
11936           }
11937         }
11938 
11939         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
11940           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
11941 
11942           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
11943           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
11944           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11945             if (ScopedEnum)
11946               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
11947                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
11948                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
11949             return PrevTagDecl;
11950           }
11951 
11952           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
11953           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11954             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
11955           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
11956             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
11957 
11958           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
11959           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
11960           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
11961           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
11962                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
11963             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
11964         }
11965 
11966         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
11967         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
11968         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
11969         //   and then later defined.
11970         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
11971             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
11972           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
11973           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11974         }
11975 
11976         if (!Invalid) {
11977           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
11978           // we have attributes.
11979 
11980           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
11981           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
11982           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
11983           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
11984           if (!Attr &&
11985               ((TUK == TUK_Reference &&
11986                 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt))
11987                || TUK == TUK_Friend))
11988             return PrevTagDecl;
11989 
11990           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
11991           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11992             if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
11993               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
11994               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
11995               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
11996               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
11997               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
11998                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
11999                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
12000                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
12001                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
12002                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
12003                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
12004                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
12005                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
12006               }
12007 
12008               NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
12009               if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12010                   !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) {
12011                 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We
12012                 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and
12013                 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one
12014                 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and
12015                 // use it in place of this one.
12016                 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
12017                 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc);
12018                 return Def;
12019               } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
12020                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
12021                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
12022                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
12023                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
12024                 else
12025                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
12026                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12027                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
12028                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
12029                 // references get the previous definition.
12030                 Name = nullptr;
12031                 Previous.clear();
12032                 Invalid = true;
12033               }
12034             } else {
12035               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
12036               // about a nested redefinition.
12037               auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl();
12038               if (TD->isBeingDefined()) {
12039                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
12040                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
12041                      diag::note_previous_definition);
12042                 Name = nullptr;
12043                 Previous.clear();
12044                 Invalid = true;
12045               }
12046             }
12047 
12048             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
12049             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
12050           }
12051 
12052           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
12053           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
12054           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
12055           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
12056             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
12057             AS = AS_none;
12058           }
12059         }
12060         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
12061         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
12062 
12063       } else {
12064         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
12065         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
12066         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
12067         // have distinct types.
12068         Previous.clear();
12069       }
12070       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
12071       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
12072       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
12073 
12074 
12075     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
12076     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
12077     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
12078     } else {
12079       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
12080       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
12081       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
12082       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
12083           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
12084         unsigned Kind = 0;
12085         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
12086         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
12087         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
12088         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
12089         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
12090         Invalid = true;
12091 
12092       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
12093       } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
12094                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
12095         // do nothing
12096 
12097       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
12098       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12099         unsigned Kind = 0;
12100         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
12101         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
12102         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
12103         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
12104         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
12105         Invalid = true;
12106 
12107       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
12108       // case here.
12109       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12110         unsigned Kind = 0;
12111         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
12112         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
12113           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
12114         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
12115         Invalid = true;
12116 
12117       // Otherwise, diagnose.
12118       } else {
12119         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
12120         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
12121         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
12122         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12123         Name = nullptr;
12124         Invalid = true;
12125       }
12126 
12127       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
12128       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
12129       Previous.clear();
12130     }
12131   }
12132 
12133 CreateNewDecl:
12134 
12135   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
12136   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
12137     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
12138 
12139   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
12140   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
12141   // keyword.
12142   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
12143 
12144   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
12145   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
12146   // PrevDecl.
12147   TagDecl *New;
12148 
12149   bool IsForwardReference = false;
12150   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
12151     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
12152     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
12153     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
12154                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
12155                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
12156     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
12157     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
12158       TagDecl *Def;
12159       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
12160           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
12161         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
12162         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
12163       }
12164       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
12165         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
12166           << New;
12167         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12168       } else {
12169         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
12170         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
12171           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
12172         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12173           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
12174         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
12175 
12176         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
12177         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
12178         // the declaration context.
12179         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
12180           IsForwardReference = true;
12181       }
12182     }
12183 
12184     if (EnumUnderlying) {
12185       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
12186       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
12187         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
12188       else
12189         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
12190       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
12191     }
12192 
12193   } else {
12194     // struct/union/class
12195 
12196     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
12197     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
12198     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12199       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
12200       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
12201                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
12202 
12203       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
12204         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
12205     } else
12206       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
12207                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
12208   }
12209 
12210   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
12211   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
12212   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
12213     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
12214       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
12215     Invalid = true;
12216   }
12217 
12218   // Maybe add qualifier info.
12219   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
12220     if (SS.isSet()) {
12221       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
12222       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
12223       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
12224       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
12225       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
12226       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
12227           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
12228           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc))
12229         Invalid = true;
12230 
12231       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
12232       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
12233         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists);
12234       }
12235     }
12236     else
12237       Invalid = true;
12238   }
12239 
12240   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
12241     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
12242     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
12243     //
12244     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
12245     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
12246     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
12247     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
12248     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
12249     // parsing of the struct).
12250     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
12251       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
12252       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
12253     }
12254   }
12255 
12256   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
12257     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
12258       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
12259         << 2
12260         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
12261     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
12262     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
12263     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
12264     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
12265       New->setModulePrivate();
12266   }
12267 
12268   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
12269   // check the specialization.
12270   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
12271     Invalid = true;
12272 
12273   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
12274   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
12275   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
12276   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
12277       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
12278     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12279       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
12280       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
12281       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
12282         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
12283             << Name;
12284         Invalid = true;
12285       }
12286     } else {
12287       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
12288     }
12289     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
12290   }
12291 
12292   if (Invalid)
12293     New->setInvalidDecl();
12294 
12295   if (Attr)
12296     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
12297 
12298   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
12299   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
12300   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
12301 
12302   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
12303   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
12304   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
12305   // the tag name visible.
12306   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
12307     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
12308 
12309   // Set the access specifier.
12310   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
12311     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
12312 
12313   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
12314     New->startDefinition();
12315 
12316   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
12317   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12318     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
12319     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
12320     if (PrevDecl)
12321       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
12322 
12323     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
12324     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
12325     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
12326       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
12327         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
12328   } else if (Name) {
12329     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
12330     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
12331     if (IsForwardReference)
12332       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
12333 
12334   } else {
12335     CurContext->addDecl(New);
12336   }
12337 
12338   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
12339   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
12340     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
12341         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
12342         II->isStr("FILE"))
12343       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
12344 
12345   if (PrevDecl)
12346     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
12347 
12348   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
12349   // record.
12350   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
12351 
12352   OwnedDecl = true;
12353   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
12354   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
12355   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New;
12356 }
12357 
12358 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
12359   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12360   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12361 
12362   // Enter the tag context.
12363   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
12364 
12365   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
12366 
12367   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
12368   // record.
12369   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
12370 }
12371 
12372 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
12373   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
12374          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
12375   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
12376   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
12377       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
12378   CurContext = OCD;
12379   return IDecl;
12380 }
12381 
12382 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
12383                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
12384                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
12385                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
12386   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12387   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
12388 
12389   FieldCollector->StartClass();
12390 
12391   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
12392     return;
12393 
12394   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
12395     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
12396                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
12397 
12398   // C++ [class]p2:
12399   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
12400   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
12401   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
12402   //   as if it were a public member name.
12403   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
12404     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
12405                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
12406                             Record->getIdentifier(),
12407                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
12408                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
12409   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
12410   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
12411   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
12412   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
12413       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
12414   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
12415   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
12416          "Broken injected-class-name");
12417 }
12418 
12419 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
12420                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
12421   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12422   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12423   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
12424 
12425   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
12426   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
12427     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
12428     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
12429       RD->completeDefinition();
12430   }
12431 
12432   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
12433     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
12434 
12435   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
12436   PopDeclContext();
12437 
12438   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
12439       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
12440     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
12441 
12442   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
12443   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
12444     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
12445 }
12446 
12447 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
12448   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
12449   PopDeclContext();
12450 }
12451 
12452 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
12453   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
12454   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
12455   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
12456 }
12457 
12458 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
12459   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
12460   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
12461 }
12462 
12463 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
12464   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12465   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12466   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
12467 
12468   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
12469   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
12470     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
12471       RD->completeDefinition();
12472   }
12473 
12474   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
12475   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
12476   // the FieldCollector.
12477 
12478   PopDeclContext();
12479 }
12480 
12481 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
12482 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
12483                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
12484                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
12485                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
12486   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
12487   if (ZeroWidth)
12488     *ZeroWidth = true;
12489 
12490   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
12491   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
12492   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
12493     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
12494     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
12495       return ExprError();
12496     if (FieldName)
12497       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
12498         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12499     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
12500       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12501   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
12502                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
12503     return ExprError();
12504 
12505   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
12506   // it now.
12507   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
12508     return BitWidth;
12509 
12510   llvm::APSInt Value;
12511   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
12512   if (ICE.isInvalid())
12513     return ICE;
12514   BitWidth = ICE.get();
12515 
12516   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
12517     *ZeroWidth = false;
12518 
12519   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
12520   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
12521     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
12522 
12523   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
12524     if (FieldName)
12525       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12526                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
12527     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12528       << Value.toString(10);
12529   }
12530 
12531   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
12532     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
12533     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
12534       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct ||
12535           Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
12536         if (FieldName)
12537           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12538             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12539             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12540 
12541         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12542           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12543       }
12544 
12545       if (FieldName)
12546         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12547           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12548           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12549       else
12550         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12551           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12552     }
12553   }
12554 
12555   return BitWidth;
12556 }
12557 
12558 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
12559 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
12560 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
12561                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
12562   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
12563                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
12564                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
12565   return Res;
12566 }
12567 
12568 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
12569 ///
12570 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
12571                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
12572                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
12573                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12574                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
12575   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12576   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12577   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12578 
12579   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12580   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12581   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12582     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
12583 
12584     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
12585                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
12586       D.setInvalidType();
12587       T = Context.IntTy;
12588       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
12589     }
12590   }
12591 
12592   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
12593   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
12594     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
12595     D.setInvalidType();
12596   }
12597 
12598   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
12599   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
12600   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
12601     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
12602     D.setInvalidType();
12603   }
12604 
12605   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
12606 
12607   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
12608     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
12609          diag::err_invalid_thread)
12610       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
12611 
12612   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
12613   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
12614   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
12615   LookupName(Previous, S);
12616   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
12617     case LookupResult::Found:
12618     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
12619       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
12620       break;
12621 
12622     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
12623       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
12624       break;
12625 
12626     case LookupResult::NotFound:
12627     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
12628     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
12629       break;
12630   }
12631   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
12632 
12633   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12634     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12635     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
12636     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12637     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12638   }
12639 
12640   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
12641     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12642 
12643   bool Mutable
12644     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
12645   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
12646   FieldDecl *NewFD
12647     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
12648                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
12649 
12650   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
12651     Record->setInvalidDecl();
12652 
12653   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12654     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
12655 
12656   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
12657     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
12658     // with the same name in the same scope.
12659   } else if (II) {
12660     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
12661   } else
12662     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
12663 
12664   return NewFD;
12665 }
12666 
12667 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
12668 ///
12669 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
12670 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
12671 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
12672 /// created.
12673 ///
12674 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
12675 ///
12676 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
12677 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
12678                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
12679                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
12680                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
12681                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12682                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
12683                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
12684                                 Declarator *D) {
12685   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
12686   bool InvalidDecl = false;
12687   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
12688 
12689   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
12690   // marking this declaration as invalid.
12691   if (T.isNull()) {
12692     InvalidDecl = true;
12693     T = Context.IntTy;
12694   }
12695 
12696   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
12697   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12698     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12699       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
12700       Record->setInvalidDecl();
12701       InvalidDecl = true;
12702     } else {
12703       NamedDecl *Def;
12704       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
12705       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
12706         Record->setInvalidDecl();
12707         InvalidDecl = true;
12708       }
12709     }
12710   }
12711 
12712   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
12713   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
12714     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
12715     InvalidDecl = true;
12716   }
12717 
12718   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12719   // than a variably modified type.
12720   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12721     bool SizeIsNegative;
12722     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
12723 
12724     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
12725       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
12726                                                     SizeIsNegative,
12727                                                     Oversized);
12728     if (FixedTInfo) {
12729       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
12730       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
12731       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
12732     } else {
12733       if (SizeIsNegative)
12734         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
12735       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
12736         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
12737           << Oversized.toString(10);
12738       else
12739         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
12740       InvalidDecl = true;
12741     }
12742   }
12743 
12744   // Fields can not have abstract class types
12745   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
12746                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12747                                              AbstractFieldType))
12748     InvalidDecl = true;
12749 
12750   bool ZeroWidth = false;
12751   if (InvalidDecl)
12752     BitWidth = nullptr;
12753   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
12754   if (BitWidth) {
12755     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
12756                               &ZeroWidth).get();
12757     if (!BitWidth) {
12758       InvalidDecl = true;
12759       BitWidth = nullptr;
12760       ZeroWidth = false;
12761     }
12762   }
12763 
12764   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
12765   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
12766     unsigned DiagID = 0;
12767     if (T->isReferenceType())
12768       DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference
12769                                         : diag::err_mutable_reference;
12770     else if (T.isConstQualified())
12771       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
12772 
12773     if (DiagID) {
12774       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
12775       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
12776         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
12777       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
12778       if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) {
12779         Mutable = false;
12780         InvalidDecl = true;
12781       }
12782     }
12783   }
12784 
12785   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
12786   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
12787   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
12788   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
12789     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
12790 
12791   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
12792                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
12793   if (InvalidDecl)
12794     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12795 
12796   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12797     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12798     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12799     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12800   }
12801 
12802   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12803     if (Record->isUnion()) {
12804       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12805         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12806         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12807           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
12808           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
12809           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
12810           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
12811           // objects.
12812           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
12813             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12814         }
12815       }
12816 
12817       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
12818       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
12819       // enabled.
12820       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
12821         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
12822                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
12823                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
12824           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
12825         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
12826           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12827       }
12828     }
12829   }
12830 
12831   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
12832   // representation, not a parser representation.
12833   if (D) {
12834     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
12835     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
12836 
12837     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
12838       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
12839   }
12840 
12841   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
12842   // retainable type.
12843   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
12844     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12845 
12846   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
12847     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
12848 
12849   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
12850   return NewFD;
12851 }
12852 
12853 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
12854   assert(FD);
12855   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
12856 
12857   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
12858     return false;
12859 
12860   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12861   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12862     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12863     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12864       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
12865       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
12866       // copy constructors.
12867 
12868       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
12869       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
12870       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
12871       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
12872       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
12873       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
12874       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
12875         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
12876       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
12877         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
12878       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
12879         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
12880       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
12881         member = CXXDestructor;
12882 
12883       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
12884         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
12885             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
12886           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
12887           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
12888           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
12889           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
12890           // members unavailable.
12891           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
12892           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
12893             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
12894               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12895                                   "this system field has retaining ownership",
12896                                   Loc));
12897             return false;
12898           }
12899         }
12900 
12901         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
12902                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
12903                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
12904           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
12905         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
12906         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
12907       }
12908     }
12909   }
12910 
12911   return false;
12912 }
12913 
12914 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
12915 ///  AST enum value.
12916 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
12917 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
12918   switch (ivarVisibility) {
12919   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
12920   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
12921   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
12922   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
12923   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
12924   }
12925 }
12926 
12927 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
12928 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
12929 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
12930                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
12931                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
12932                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
12933 
12934   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12935   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
12936   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12937   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12938 
12939   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
12940   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
12941 
12942   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12943   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12944 
12945   if (BitWidth) {
12946     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
12947     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
12948     if (!BitWidth)
12949       D.setInvalidType();
12950   } else {
12951     // Not a bitfield.
12952 
12953     // validate II.
12954 
12955   }
12956   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
12957     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
12958     D.setInvalidType();
12959   }
12960   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12961   // than a variably modified type.
12962   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12963     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
12964     D.setInvalidType();
12965   }
12966 
12967   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
12968   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
12969     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
12970                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
12971   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
12972   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
12973   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12974     return nullptr;
12975   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
12976   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12977       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12978     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
12979     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
12980       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
12981       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
12982     }
12983     else
12984       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12985   } else {
12986     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12987         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12988       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
12989         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
12990         return nullptr;
12991       }
12992     }
12993     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12994   }
12995 
12996   // Construct the decl.
12997   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
12998                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
12999                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
13000 
13001   if (II) {
13002     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
13003                                            ForRedeclaration);
13004     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
13005         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
13006       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
13007       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
13008       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
13009     }
13010   }
13011 
13012   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
13013   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
13014 
13015   if (D.isInvalidType())
13016     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
13017 
13018   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
13019   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
13020     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
13021 
13022   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
13023     NewID->setModulePrivate();
13024 
13025   if (II) {
13026     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
13027     // these to the interface.
13028     S->AddDecl(NewID);
13029     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
13030   }
13031 
13032   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
13033       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
13034     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
13035 
13036   return NewID;
13037 }
13038 
13039 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
13040 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
13041 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
13042 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
13043 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
13044                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
13045   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
13046     return;
13047 
13048   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
13049   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
13050 
13051   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
13052     return;
13053   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
13054   if (!ID) {
13055     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
13056       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
13057         return;
13058     }
13059     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
13060     else
13061       return;
13062   }
13063   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
13064   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
13065   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
13066 
13067   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
13068                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
13069                               Context.CharTy,
13070                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
13071                                                                DeclLoc),
13072                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
13073                               true);
13074   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
13075 }
13076 
13077 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
13078                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
13079                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
13080   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
13081 
13082   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
13083   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
13084   // it will now change.
13085   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13086     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
13087     switch (DC->getKind()) {
13088     default: break;
13089     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
13090       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
13091       break;
13092     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
13093       Context.
13094         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
13095       break;
13096     }
13097   }
13098 
13099   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
13100 
13101   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
13102   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
13103   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
13104   if (Record) {
13105     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
13106       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
13107         if (IFD->getDeclName())
13108           ++NumNamedMembers;
13109     }
13110   }
13111 
13112   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
13113   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
13114 
13115   bool ARCErrReported = false;
13116   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
13117        i != end; ++i) {
13118     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
13119 
13120     // Get the type for the field.
13121     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
13122 
13123     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
13124       // Remember all fields written by the user.
13125       RecFields.push_back(FD);
13126     }
13127 
13128     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
13129     // diagnostics about it.
13130     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
13131       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13132       continue;
13133     }
13134 
13135     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
13136     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
13137     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
13138     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
13139     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
13140     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
13141     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
13142     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
13143     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
13144     //   array.
13145     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
13146       // Field declared as a function.
13147       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
13148         << FD->getDeclName();
13149       FD->setInvalidDecl();
13150       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13151       continue;
13152     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
13153                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
13154                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
13155                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
13156                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
13157       // Flexible array member.
13158       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
13159       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
13160       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
13161       unsigned DiagID = 0;
13162       if (Record->isUnion())
13163         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
13164                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
13165                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
13166                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
13167                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
13168       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
13169         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
13170                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
13171                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
13172                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
13173                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
13174                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
13175                                  : 0;
13176 
13177       if (DiagID)
13178         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
13179                                         << Record->getTagKind();
13180       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
13181       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
13182       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
13183       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
13184       // of the type.
13185       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
13186         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
13187           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
13188             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
13189       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
13190         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
13191           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
13192 
13193       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
13194       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
13195       //
13196       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
13197       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
13198       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
13199       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
13200         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
13201           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
13202         FD->setInvalidDecl();
13203         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13204         continue;
13205       }
13206       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
13207       Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
13208     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
13209                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
13210                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
13211       // Incomplete type
13212       FD->setInvalidDecl();
13213       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13214       continue;
13215     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
13216       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
13217         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
13218         // flexible array member.
13219         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
13220         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
13221           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
13222           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
13223           // structures.
13224           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
13225             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
13226               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
13227           else {
13228             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
13229             // other structs as an extension.
13230             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
13231               << FD->getDeclName();
13232           }
13233         }
13234       }
13235       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
13236           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
13237                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
13238                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
13239         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
13240         FD->setInvalidDecl();
13241       }
13242       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
13243         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13244       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
13245         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
13246     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
13247       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
13248       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
13249         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
13250       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
13251       FD->setType(T);
13252     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
13253                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
13254       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
13255       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
13256       // so we just make the field unavailable.
13257       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
13258       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
13259       QualType T = FD->getType();
13260       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
13261       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
13262         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
13263         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
13264           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
13265             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
13266                               "this system field has retaining ownership",
13267                               loc));
13268           }
13269         } else {
13270           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
13271             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
13272         }
13273         ARCErrReported = true;
13274       }
13275     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
13276                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
13277                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
13278       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
13279           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
13280         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13281       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
13282         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
13283         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
13284             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
13285           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13286         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
13287                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
13288                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13289       }
13290     }
13291     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
13292       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
13293     // Keep track of the number of named members.
13294     if (FD->getIdentifier())
13295       ++NumNamedMembers;
13296   }
13297 
13298   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
13299   if (Record) {
13300     bool Completed = false;
13301     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
13302       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
13303         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
13304         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
13305                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
13306                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
13307           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
13308 
13309         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
13310           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
13311             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
13312             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
13313               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
13314                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
13315           }
13316 
13317           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
13318           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
13319 
13320           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
13321           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
13322           // problem now.
13323           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
13324             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
13325             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
13326 
13327             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
13328                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
13329                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
13330               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
13331                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
13332                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
13333                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
13334                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
13335                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
13336                   continue;
13337 
13338                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
13339                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
13340                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
13341                 //   program is ill-formed.
13342                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
13343                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
13344                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
13345                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
13346                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
13347                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
13348                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
13349                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
13350                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
13351                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
13352 
13353                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
13354               }
13355             }
13356             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
13357             Completed = true;
13358           }
13359         }
13360       }
13361     }
13362 
13363     if (!Completed)
13364       Record->completeDefinition();
13365 
13366     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
13367       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
13368 
13369       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
13370         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
13371                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
13372                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
13373     }
13374 
13375     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
13376     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
13377     // compatibility problems.
13378     bool CheckForZeroSize;
13379     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13380       CheckForZeroSize = true;
13381     } else {
13382       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
13383       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
13384       CheckForZeroSize =
13385           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
13386           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
13387           CXXRecord->isCLike();
13388     }
13389     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
13390       bool ZeroSize = true;
13391       bool IsEmpty = true;
13392       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
13393       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
13394                                       E = Record->field_end();
13395            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
13396         IsEmpty = false;
13397         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
13398           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
13399             ZeroSize = false;
13400         } else {
13401           ++NonBitFields;
13402           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
13403           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
13404               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
13405             ZeroSize = false;
13406         }
13407       }
13408 
13409       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
13410       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
13411       // extern "C" block.
13412       if (ZeroSize) {
13413         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
13414                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
13415                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
13416           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
13417       }
13418 
13419       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
13420       // but are accepted by GCC.
13421       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13422         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
13423                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
13424           << Record->isUnion();
13425       }
13426     }
13427   } else {
13428     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
13429       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
13430     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13431       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
13432       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
13433       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13434         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
13435         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
13436       }
13437       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
13438       // duplicates.
13439       if (ID->getSuperClass())
13440         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
13441     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
13442                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13443       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
13444       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
13445         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
13446         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
13447         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
13448       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
13449       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13450       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13451     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
13452                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13453       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
13454       // reported as errors elsewhere.
13455       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
13456       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
13457       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
13458       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
13459       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
13460       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13461         if (IDecl) {
13462           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
13463               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13464             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13465                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13466             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13467             continue;
13468           }
13469           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
13470             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
13471                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13472               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13473                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13474               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13475               continue;
13476             }
13477           }
13478         }
13479         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
13480         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
13481       }
13482       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13483       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13484     }
13485   }
13486 
13487   if (Attr)
13488     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
13489 }
13490 
13491 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
13492 /// the given type T.
13493 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
13494                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
13495                                         QualType T) {
13496   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13497   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
13498 
13499   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
13500     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
13501       --BitWidth;
13502     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
13503   }
13504   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
13505 }
13506 
13507 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
13508 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
13509 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
13510   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
13511   // enum checking below.
13512   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13513   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
13514   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13515     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
13516   };
13517   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13518     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
13519     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
13520   };
13521 
13522   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
13523   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
13524                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
13525   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
13526     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
13527       return Types[I];
13528 
13529   return QualType();
13530 }
13531 
13532 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
13533                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
13534                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
13535                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
13536                                           Expr *Val) {
13537   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13538   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
13539   QualType EltTy;
13540 
13541   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
13542     Val = nullptr;
13543 
13544   if (Val)
13545     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
13546 
13547   if (Val) {
13548     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
13549       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13550     else {
13551       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
13552       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
13553           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13554         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
13555         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
13556         // constant expression of the underlying type.
13557         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13558         ExprResult Converted =
13559           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
13560                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
13561         if (Converted.isInvalid())
13562           Val = nullptr;
13563         else
13564           Val = Converted.get();
13565       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
13566                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
13567                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
13568         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
13569       } else {
13570         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13571           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13572 
13573           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
13574           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
13575           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
13576           // expression checking.
13577           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13578             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13579               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13580               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13581             } else
13582               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13583           } else
13584             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13585         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13586           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
13587           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13588           //   is the type of its initializing value:
13589           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
13590           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
13591           EltTy = Val->getType();
13592         } else {
13593           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
13594           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
13595           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
13596           //   representable as an int.
13597 
13598           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
13599           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
13600             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13601               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
13602               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
13603           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
13604             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
13605             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13606           }
13607           EltTy = Val->getType();
13608         }
13609       }
13610     }
13611   }
13612 
13613   if (!Val) {
13614     if (Enum->isDependentType())
13615       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13616     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
13617       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13618       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13619       //   is the type of its initializing value:
13620       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
13621       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
13622       //
13623       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
13624       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
13625       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13626         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13627       }
13628       else {
13629         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
13630       }
13631     } else {
13632       // Assign the last value + 1.
13633       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13634       ++EnumVal;
13635       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
13636 
13637       // Check for overflow on increment.
13638       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
13639         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13640         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13641         //   is the type of its initializing value:
13642         //
13643         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
13644         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
13645         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
13646         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
13647         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
13648         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
13649         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
13650         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
13651           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
13652           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
13653           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13654           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
13655           ++EnumVal;
13656           if (Enum->isFixed())
13657             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
13658             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
13659               << EnumVal.toString(10)
13660               << EltTy;
13661           else
13662             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
13663               << EnumVal.toString(10);
13664         } else {
13665           EltTy = T;
13666         }
13667 
13668         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
13669         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
13670         // value, then increment.
13671         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13672         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13673         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13674         ++EnumVal;
13675 
13676         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
13677         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
13678         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
13679         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
13680         // integral type.
13681         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
13682           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
13683       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13684                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13685         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
13686         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13687           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
13688       }
13689     }
13690   }
13691 
13692   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
13693     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
13694     // enumerator's type.
13695     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13696     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13697   }
13698 
13699   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
13700                                   Val, EnumVal);
13701 }
13702 
13703 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
13704                                                 SourceLocation IILoc) {
13705   if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) ||
13706       !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13707     return SkipBodyInfo();
13708 
13709   // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to
13710   // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and
13711   // skip the body.
13712   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
13713                                          ForRedeclaration);
13714   auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl);
13715   NamedDecl *Hidden;
13716   if (PrevECD &&
13717       !hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()),
13718                             &Hidden)) {
13719     SkipBodyInfo Skip;
13720     Skip.Previous = Hidden;
13721     return Skip;
13722   }
13723 
13724   return SkipBodyInfo();
13725 }
13726 
13727 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
13728                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
13729                               AttributeList *Attr,
13730                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
13731   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
13732   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
13733     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
13734 
13735   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
13736   // we find one that is.
13737   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
13738 
13739   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
13740   // scope.
13741   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
13742                                          ForRedeclaration);
13743   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13744     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13745     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
13746     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13747     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13748   }
13749 
13750   if (PrevDecl) {
13751     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
13752     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
13753     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
13754            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
13755     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
13756       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
13757         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
13758       else
13759         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
13760       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13761       return nullptr;
13762     }
13763   }
13764 
13765   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
13766   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
13767   // different from T:
13768   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
13769   // enumerated type
13770   if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped())
13771     DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(),
13772                             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc));
13773 
13774   EnumConstantDecl *New =
13775     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
13776 
13777   if (New) {
13778     // Process attributes.
13779     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
13780 
13781     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
13782     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
13783     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
13784   }
13785 
13786   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
13787 
13788   return New;
13789 }
13790 
13791 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
13792 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
13793 // Element2 = Element1
13794 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
13795 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
13796 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
13797 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
13798   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
13799   if (!InitExpr)
13800     return true;
13801   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
13802 
13803   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
13804     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
13805       return true;
13806     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
13807     if (!IL)
13808       return true;
13809     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
13810       return true;
13811 
13812     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
13813   }
13814 
13815   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
13816   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
13817   if (!DRE)
13818     return true;
13819 
13820   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
13821   if (!EnumConstant)
13822     return true;
13823 
13824   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
13825       Enum)
13826     return true;
13827 
13828   return false;
13829 }
13830 
13831 struct DupKey {
13832   int64_t val;
13833   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
13834   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
13835     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
13836 };
13837 
13838 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
13839   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
13840                 false);
13841 }
13842 
13843 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
13844   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
13845   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
13846   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
13847     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
13848   }
13849   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
13850     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
13851            LHS.val == RHS.val;
13852   }
13853 };
13854 
13855 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
13856 // a previous element has already been set to.
13857 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13858                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
13859                                         QualType EnumType) {
13860   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
13861     return;
13862   // Avoid anonymous enums
13863   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
13864     return;
13865 
13866   // Only check for small enums.
13867   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
13868     return;
13869 
13870   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
13871   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
13872 
13873   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
13874   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
13875           ValueToVectorMap;
13876 
13877   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
13878   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
13879 
13880   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
13881   // an initialier.
13882   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13883     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13884 
13885     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
13886     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
13887     if (!ECD) {
13888       return;
13889     }
13890 
13891     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
13892       continue;
13893 
13894     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13895     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13896 
13897     // First time encountering this value.
13898     if (Entry.isNull())
13899       Entry = ECD;
13900   }
13901 
13902   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
13903   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13904     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13905     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
13906       continue;
13907 
13908     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13909 
13910     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13911     if (Entry.isNull())
13912       continue;
13913 
13914     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
13915       // Ensure constants are different.
13916       if (D == ECD)
13917         continue;
13918 
13919       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
13920       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
13921       Vec->push_back(D);
13922       Vec->push_back(ECD);
13923 
13924       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
13925       Entry = Vec;
13926 
13927       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
13928       // diagnostics.
13929       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
13930       continue;
13931     }
13932 
13933     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
13934     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
13935     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
13936       continue;
13937 
13938     Vec->push_back(ECD);
13939   }
13940 
13941   // Emit diagnostics.
13942   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
13943                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
13944        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
13945     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
13946     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
13947 
13948     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
13949     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
13950     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
13951       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13952       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13953     ++I;
13954 
13955     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
13956     // the same value.
13957     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
13958       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
13959         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13960         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13961     delete Vec;
13962   }
13963 }
13964 
13965 bool
13966 Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
13967                         bool AllowMask) const {
13968   FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = ED->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>();
13969   assert(FEAttr && "looking for value in non-flag enum");
13970 
13971   llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FEAttr->getFlagBits();
13972   unsigned Width = FlagMask.getBitWidth();
13973 
13974   // We will try a zero-extended value for the regular check first.
13975   llvm::APInt ExtVal = Val.zextOrSelf(Width);
13976 
13977   // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's
13978   // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is
13979   // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we
13980   // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value.
13981   //
13982   // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is
13983   // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is
13984   // likely a logic error.
13985   if (!(FlagMask & ExtVal))
13986     return true;
13987 
13988   if (AllowMask) {
13989     // Try a one-extended value instead. This can happen if the enum is wider
13990     // than the constant used, in C with extensions to allow for wider enums.
13991     // The mask will still have the correct behaviour, so we give the user the
13992     // benefit of the doubt.
13993     //
13994     // FIXME: This heuristic can cause weird results if the enum was extended
13995     // to a larger type and is signed, because then bit-masks of smaller types
13996     // that get extended will fall out of range (e.g. ~0x1u). We currently don't
13997     // detect that case and will get a false positive for it. In most cases,
13998     // though, it can be fixed by making it a signed type (e.g. ~0x1), so it may
13999     // be fine just to accept this as a warning.
14000     ExtVal |= llvm::APInt::getHighBitsSet(Width, Width - Val.getBitWidth());
14001     if (!(FlagMask & ~ExtVal))
14002       return true;
14003   }
14004 
14005   return false;
14006 }
14007 
14008 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
14009                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
14010                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
14011                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
14012   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
14013   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
14014 
14015   if (Attr)
14016     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
14017 
14018   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
14019     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14020       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
14021         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
14022       if (!ECD) continue;
14023 
14024       ECD->setType(EnumType);
14025     }
14026 
14027     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
14028     return;
14029   }
14030 
14031   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
14032   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
14033   // emit a warning.
14034   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
14035   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
14036   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
14037 
14038   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
14039   // reverse the list.
14040   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
14041   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
14042 
14043   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
14044   bool AllElementsInt = true;
14045 
14046   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14047     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
14048       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
14049     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
14050 
14051     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
14052 
14053     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
14054     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
14055       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
14056                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
14057     else
14058       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
14059                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
14060 
14061     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
14062     if (AllElementsInt)
14063       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
14064   }
14065 
14066   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
14067   QualType BestType;
14068   unsigned BestWidth;
14069 
14070   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
14071   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
14072   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
14073   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
14074   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
14075   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
14076   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
14077   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
14078   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
14079   QualType BestPromotionType;
14080 
14081   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
14082   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
14083   // enum definitions.
14084   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
14085     Packed = true;
14086 
14087   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
14088     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
14089     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
14090       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
14091     else
14092       BestPromotionType = BestType;
14093 
14094     BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType);
14095   }
14096   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
14097     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
14098     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
14099     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
14100     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
14101       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
14102       BestWidth = CharWidth;
14103     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
14104                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
14105       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
14106       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
14107     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
14108       BestType = Context.IntTy;
14109       BestWidth = IntWidth;
14110     } else {
14111       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
14112 
14113       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
14114         BestType = Context.LongTy;
14115       } else {
14116         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
14117 
14118         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
14119           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
14120         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
14121       }
14122     }
14123     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
14124   } else {
14125     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
14126     // all of the enumerator values.
14127     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
14128     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
14129       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
14130       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
14131       BestWidth = CharWidth;
14132     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
14133       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
14134       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
14135       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
14136     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
14137       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
14138       BestWidth = IntWidth;
14139       BestPromotionType
14140         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14141                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
14142     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
14143                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
14144       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
14145       BestPromotionType
14146         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14147                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
14148     } else {
14149       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
14150       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
14151              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
14152       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
14153       BestPromotionType
14154         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14155                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
14156     }
14157   }
14158 
14159   FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = Enum->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>();
14160   if (FEAttr)
14161     FEAttr->getFlagBits() = llvm::APInt(BestWidth, 0);
14162 
14163   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
14164   // the type of the enum if needed. If we have a flag type, we also prepare the
14165   // FlagBits cache.
14166   for (auto *D : Elements) {
14167     auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
14168     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
14169 
14170     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
14171     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
14172     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
14173     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
14174     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
14175 
14176     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
14177     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
14178 
14179     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
14180     // the enum decl type.
14181     QualType NewTy;
14182     unsigned NewWidth;
14183     bool NewSign;
14184     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
14185         !Enum->isFixed() &&
14186         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
14187       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
14188       NewWidth = IntWidth;
14189       NewSign = true;
14190     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
14191       // Already the right type!
14192       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14193         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
14194         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
14195         // enumeration.
14196         ECD->setType(EnumType);
14197       goto flagbits;
14198     } else {
14199       NewTy = BestType;
14200       NewWidth = BestWidth;
14201       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
14202     }
14203 
14204     // Adjust the APSInt value.
14205     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
14206     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
14207     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
14208 
14209     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
14210     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
14211         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
14212       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
14213                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
14214                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
14215                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
14216                                                 VK_RValue));
14217     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14218       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
14219       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
14220       // enumeration.
14221       ECD->setType(EnumType);
14222     else
14223       ECD->setType(NewTy);
14224 
14225 flagbits:
14226     // Check to see if we have a constant with exactly one bit set. Note that x
14227     // & (x - 1) will be nonzero if and only if x has more than one bit set.
14228     if (FEAttr) {
14229       llvm::APInt ExtVal = InitVal.zextOrSelf(BestWidth);
14230       if (ExtVal != 0 && !(ExtVal & (ExtVal - 1))) {
14231         FEAttr->getFlagBits() |= ExtVal;
14232       }
14233     }
14234   }
14235 
14236   if (FEAttr) {
14237     for (Decl *D : Elements) {
14238       EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
14239       if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
14240 
14241       llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
14242       if (InitVal != 0 && !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true))
14243         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range)
14244           << ECD << Enum;
14245     }
14246   }
14247 
14248 
14249 
14250   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
14251                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
14252 
14253   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
14254 
14255   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
14256   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
14257     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
14258 }
14259 
14260 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
14261                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
14262                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
14263   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
14264 
14265   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
14266                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
14267                                                    EndLoc);
14268   CurContext->addDecl(New);
14269   return New;
14270 }
14271 
14272 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
14273                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc,
14274                                      DeclContext *DC) {
14275   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
14276     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
14277     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
14278       if (!M->IsExternC) {
14279         S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c)
14280           << M->getFullModuleName();
14281         S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
14282         return;
14283       }
14284       break;
14285     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
14286       break;
14287     }
14288     DC = LSD->getParent();
14289   }
14290 
14291   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
14292     DC = DC->getParent();
14293   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
14294     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level)
14295       << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
14296     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
14297            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level)
14298       << DC;
14299   }
14300 }
14301 
14302 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
14303                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
14304                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
14305   Module *Mod =
14306       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
14307                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
14308   if (!Mod)
14309     return true;
14310 
14311   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc);
14312 
14313   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
14314 
14315   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
14316   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
14317   // silently ignoring the import.
14318   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule)
14319     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import)
14320         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
14321   else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule)
14322     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation)
14323         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule;
14324 
14325   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
14326   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
14327   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
14328     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
14329     // We need the length to be consistent.
14330     if (!ModCheck)
14331       break;
14332     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
14333 
14334     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
14335   }
14336 
14337   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
14338                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
14339                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
14340                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
14341   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
14342   return Import;
14343 }
14344 
14345 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
14346   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
14347 
14348   // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes
14349   // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an
14350   // implementation detail of us building the module.
14351   //
14352   // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those?
14353   bool IsInModuleIncludes =
14354       TUKind == TU_Module &&
14355       getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc);
14356 
14357   // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an
14358   // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST.
14359   if (!IsInModuleIncludes) {
14360     TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
14361     ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
14362                                                      DirectiveLoc, Mod,
14363                                                      DirectiveLoc);
14364     TU->addDecl(ImportD);
14365     Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
14366   }
14367 
14368   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc);
14369   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
14370 }
14371 
14372 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
14373   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
14374 
14375   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
14376     VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules));
14377   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
14378 }
14379 
14380 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
14381   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
14382 
14383   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
14384     VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back());
14385     VisibleModulesStack.pop_back();
14386     VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
14387   }
14388 }
14389 
14390 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
14391                                                       Module *Mod) {
14392   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
14393   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery)
14394     return;
14395 
14396   // Create the implicit import declaration.
14397   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
14398   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
14399                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
14400   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
14401   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
14402 
14403   // Make the module visible.
14404   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc);
14405   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc);
14406 }
14407 
14408 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14409                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
14410                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14411                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
14412                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
14413   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
14414                                          LookupOrdinaryName);
14415   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
14416       AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc);
14417 
14418   // If a declaration that:
14419   // 1) declares a function or a variable
14420   // 2) has external linkage
14421   // already exists, add a label attribute to it.
14422   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
14423     if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl))
14424       PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
14425     else
14426       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
14427           << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl;
14428   // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.
14429   } else
14430     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr));
14431 }
14432 
14433 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14434                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14435                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
14436   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
14437 
14438   if (PrevDecl) {
14439     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
14440   } else {
14441     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
14442       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
14443         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
14444   }
14445 }
14446 
14447 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14448                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
14449                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14450                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
14451                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
14452   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
14453                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
14454   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
14455 
14456   if (PrevDecl) {
14457     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
14458       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
14459         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
14460   } else {
14461     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
14462       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
14463   }
14464 }
14465 
14466 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
14467   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
14468 }
14469 
14470 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
14471   const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
14472   if (!D)
14473     return AR_Available;
14474 
14475   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
14476   // both the availability of the method as well as the
14477   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
14478   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
14479   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
14480   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
14481     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
14482     if (R != AR_Available)
14483       return R;
14484     D = MD->getClassInterface();
14485   }
14486   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
14487   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
14488   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
14489             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
14490     D = ID->getClassInterface();
14491   }
14492   // Recover from user error.
14493   return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available;
14494 }
14495